You are on page 1of 588

TOWN OF PURCELLVILLE

Purchasing Division, 130 East Main Street


Purcellville, Virginia 20132
T: (540) 751-2314

INVITATION FOR BIDS

IFB SOLICITATION #: PSR-09-02

CONSTRUCTION SERVICES

PURCELLVILLE ROLLER RINK


ALTERATIONS (PHASE 2)
(Purcellville Rolling Skating Rink, 250 South Nursery Avenue, Purcellville, VA 20132)

SWSG Shaffer, Wilson, Sarver & Gray, P.C.

Architecture and Engineering


1821 Michael Faraday Drive, Suite 302 Tel (703) 471-6803
Reston, Virginia 20190 Fax (703) 742-3975

MBP McDonough Bolyard Peck


Construction Management
3040 Williams Drive Suite 300 Tel (703) 641-9088
Fairfax, VA 22031 Fax (703) 641-8965
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION ZERO BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS


Section 1.0 Instructions to Bidders
A. Invitation For Bid (IFB) – Advertisement
B. Invitation Letter
Form of Tender/Bid Form-Exhibit A
Schedule of Prices & Rates-Exhibit B
C. Instructions to Bidders
Section 2.0 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
A. Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
B. Bid Bond
C. Payment Bond
D. Performance Bond
E. Notice of Award
F. Notice to Proceed
G. Change Order
Section 3.0 Contract Agreement
Section 4.0 General Contract Terms and Conditions
Section 5.0 General Conditions and Instructions to Bidders
Section 6.0 Supplementary Conditions to the Contract
Section 7.0 Appendices:
Appendix-A: Schedule of Work
Appendix-B: Bidder References
Appendix-C: Addendum Acknowledgment
Appendix-D: Virginia Contractor’s License
Appendix-E: General Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens
Appendix F: Schedule of Proposed Subcontractors
Appendix-G: Bid Bond
Appendix-H: Payment Bond
Appendix-I: Performance Bond
Appendix J: Notice of Award
Appendix K: Notice to Proceed
Appendix L: Change Order
Appendix M: Warranty Requirements
Section 8.0 Tree Preservation Procedures & Specifications

DIVISION ONE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS


Section 01050 Bidding Process
Section 01100 Summary
Section 01110 General
Section 01230 Alternates
Section 01250 Contract Modification Procedures
Section 01270 Unit Prices
Section 01290 Payment Procedures
Section 01310 Project Management and Coordination
Section 01311 Project Meetings
Section 01320 Construction Progress Documentation
Section 01330 Submittal Procedures
Section 01351 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment
Section 01380 Photographic Documentation
Section 01420 References

SWSG PN: 09-080 Phase 2 Page 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls


Section 01510 Safety
Section 01600 Product Requirements
Section 01700 Execution Requirements
Section 01711 Field Engineering
Section 01721 Water Intrusion and Moisture Control
Section 01731 Cutting and Patching
Section 01732 Selective Demolition
Section 01770 Closeout Procedures
Section 01782 Operation and Maintenance Data
Section 01820 Demonstration and Training

DIVISION TWO SITE CONSTRUCTION


Section 02300 Earthwork
Section 02510 Water Distribution
Section 02552 Ground-Loop, Heat-Pump Piping
Section 02920 Lawns and Grasses

DIVISION THREE CONCRETE


Section 03301 Cast-In-Place Concrete (Limited Applications)

DIVISION FOUR MASONRY


Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry

DIVISION FIVE METALS


Section 05310 Steel Decking
Section 05521 Pipe and Tube Railings

DIVISION SIX WOOD AND PLASTICS


Section 06100 Rough Carpentry
Section 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry

DIVISION SEVEN THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION


Section 07210 Building Insulation
Section 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing
Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
Section 07920 Joint Sealants

DIVISION EIGHT DOOR AND WINDOWS


Section 08211 Flush Wood Doors
Section 08331 Overhead Coiling Doors
Section 08710 Door Hardware

DIVISION NINE FINISHES


Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies
Section 09725 Decorative Epoxy Flooring
Section 09910 Painting

DIVISION TEN SPECIALTIES


Section 10155 Toilet Compartments
Section 10200 Louvers and Vents
Section 10520 Fire Protection Specialties
Section 10801 Toilet Accessories

SWSG PN: 09-080 Phase 2 Page 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

DIVISION TWELVE FURNISHINGS


Section 12356 Solid Surfacing Countertops

DIVISION THIRTEEN SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION


Section 13915 Fire Suppression Piping

DIVISION FIFTEEN MECHANICAL


Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
Section 15055 Motors
Section 15060 Hangers and Supports
Section 15075 Mechanical Identification
Section 15081 Duct Insulation
Section 15083 Pipe Insulation
Section 15110 Valves
Section 15122 Meters and Gages
Section 15140 Domestic Water Piping
Section 15150 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
Section 15181 Hydronic Piping
Section 15185 Hydronic Pumps
Section 15410 Plumbing Fixtures
Section 15415 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers
Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties
Section 15745 Water-Source Heat Pumps
Section 15815 Metal Ducts
Section 15820 Duct Accessories
Section 15838 Power Ventilators
Section 15855 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
Section 15900 HVAC Instrumentation and Controls
Section 15940 Sequence of Operations
Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing

DIVISION SIXTEEN ELECTRICAL


Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
Section 16075 Electrical Identification
Section 16120 Conductors and Cables
Section 16130 Raceways and Boxes
Section 16140 Wiring Devices
Section 16410 Circuit Breakers
Section 16442 Panelboards
Section 16491 Fuses

SWSG PN: 09-080 Phase 2 Page 3


SECTION 1.0

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
A. INVITATION TO BID – ADVERTISEMENT

INVITATION FOR BID


February 23, 2010

Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations

The Town of Purcellville is accepting competitive sealed bids from qualified contractors for the
Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations in the Town of Purcellville, VA. Sealed Bids will be
accepted until March 30, 2010 at 2:00 p.m., at the Town of Purcellville located at 130 E. Main
Street, Purcellville, Virginia 20132. Bids must be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope
“Sealed Bid – IFB# PSR-09-02 Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations”. Bids will then be
publicly opened and read. Bids received after the specified time will not be considered. A
Contractor wishing to withdraw his bid shall give notice in writing of his claim of right to
withdraw his bid within two business days after the conclusion of the bid opening procedure and
shall submit original work papers with such notice.

A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held on March 09, 2010 at 10:00 a.m. in the
Purcellville Town Hall, 130 E. Main Street, Purcellville, Virginia.

The project includes but is not limited to restroom upgrades, geothermal HVAC system, electric
service, water service, fire protection and interior finishes. All work with this project and as
noted in the construction document is to be in compliance with Virginia Department of Historic
Resources requirements, which complies with the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for
Rehabilitation. The Scope of Work is more fully set forth in the Contract Documents. Interested
bidders may download the Invitation for Bid (IFB) at the website www.purcellvilleva.com or
contact Public Utilities Department, at (540) 751-2334 to obtain a copy of the Contract
Documents. Questions regarding the Bidding Documents should be directed in writing to:
Capital Projects and Engineering Manager, Town of Purcellville, 130 East Main Street,
Purcellville, VA 20132.
General Contractors may receive one set of Contract Documents at no charge from the Town
Hall offices. Additional sets of the Contract Documents may be obtained from Town of
Purcellville at Purcellville Copy for the actual costs to reproduce the documents. Purcellville
Copy is located at 125 Hirst Road, Suite 3-A, Purcellville, VA 20132, 540-338-7527; Business
hours are Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM. Bidding Documents can be
examined in the Town of Purcellville Town Office, 130 East Main Street, Purcellville, VA. The
following plan rooms have received sets of Bidding Documents:

McGraw Hill Construction / Dodge Plan Room


9 North 3rd St
Richmond, VA 23219
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
The Builders Exchange Association of Virginia
3207 Hermitage Road
Richmond, VA 23227
804-353-2788

B. INVITATION LETTER

Reference: Bid No. IFB NO. PSR-09-02

February 23, 2010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are pleased to invite your best tender for carrying out the Purcellville Roller Skating Rink
Alterations in accordance with the following:

1. General

1.1 Definitions

In this Tender, the words and expressions listed hereunder shall have the
meaning assigned to them respectively:

OWNER: shall mean the Town of Purcellville

ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER: shall mean the consultant assigned by the


OWNER to review and approve CONTRACTOR'S submittals and to perform
construction observation of the WORK.

SERVICES OR SERVICE OR WORKS OR WORK: shall mean Purcellville


Roller Skating Rink Alterations.

CONTRACTOR: shall mean the successful Bidder assigned by the OWNER to


carry out the WORK.

CONTRACT: shall mean the eventual Agreement to be signed between the


OWNER & CONTRACTOR for the performance of the WORK.

1.2 All Bids shall be prepared and submitted by and at the cost of the Bidder, hence
all costs associated with preparation and submission of the Bid shall be borne by
the Bidder.

1.3 All Bids must be typed.

1.4 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, the lowest Bid need not

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
necessarily be accepted.

1.5 CONTRACTOR shall carry out the WORK within the same time frame allowed
in the approved WORK Schedule, which shall conform to the following
requirements:
Notice to Proceed - 04/14/10
Activities will occur in two major phases.

Phase 1 Geothermal field installation - 05/18/10 to 08/13/10


Work will proceed to face of building with geothermal lines properly
protected, all grades restored, all surfaces restored and the entire parking
lot will be reopened for use. There will be no interior work conducted
during Phase 1 as the Roller Rink will be occupied and in use.
Phase 1 Submittal duration – 04/15/10 to 05/15/10
Phase 1 Substantial Completion – 08/13/10
Phase 1 Final Completion - 08/14/10 to 08/17/10

No on site work will occur during the Babe Ruth event - 08/18/10 to 08/28/10

Phase 2 Remainder of work - 09/01/10 to 12/01/10


Phase 2 Submittal duration – 05/15/10 to 06/15/10
Phase 2 Substantial Completion – 12/01/10
Phase 2 Final completion - 12/02/10 to 12/17/10

1.6 Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Bond in the amount of 5% of the Contract
value. Bid Bond shall be prepared in the format given in Section 7.

1.7 Bidder shall address inquiries, if any, in writing to Capital Projects &
Engineering Manager, who alone is empowered to clarify such inquiries; not
later than 5 days before the Bid closing date.

Capital Projects & Engineering Manager


130 East Main Street
Purcellville, VA 20132

1.8 A mandatory pre-bid meeting is scheduled for March 09 at 10:00 a.m. in


Purcellville Town Hall, 130 East Main Purcellville, VA 20132.

2. Validity of Bid

The Bids shall remain valid for a period of Ninety (90) days, commencing on the date of
opening the bids. If the bidder withdraws their offer before expiration of the said period,
without the written authorization of the OWNER, the amount of the Bid Bond will be
forfeited to the OWNER.

The successful Bidder, within a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of the
OWNER's acceptance and approval of their bid, shall be requested to sign the contract
and to submit the Payment and Performance Bonds and Certificate of Insurance as
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
required in the relevant article of the contract. Failure to do so will cause the Bid to be
considered withdrawn. In this case, the initial Bid Bond shall be forfeited to the
OWNER.

The OWNER has the indisputable right to accept or reject any offer, or part of any offer,
or to cancel the Bid and stop the bidding without giving any justification.

Under no circumstances shall a bidder whose bid has not been accepted be entitled to
any claim for compensation.

A Contractor wishing to withdraw his bid shall give notice in writing of his claim of
right to withdraw his bid within two business days after the conclusion of the bid
opening procedure and shall submit original work papers with such notice.

3. Schedule of Work

CONTRACTOR shall carry out the Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations as
further described in: Appendix-A, Schedule of Work, the Project Specifications, and the
Construction Documents.

4. Tender Document

Bidders are requested to collect a copy of the Tender Document, comprising the
following, from the Department of Public Works at the Town of Purcellville.

Section 1: Instructions to Bidders

Exhibit A: Form of Tender and Bid Form

Exhibit B: Schedule of Prices and Rates

Section 2: Supplementary Instructions to Bidders

Section 3: Contract Agreement

Section 4: General Contract Terms and Conditions

Section 5: General Conditions and Instructions to Bidders

Section 6: Supplementary Conditions to the Contract

Section 7: Appendix A through M:

Appendix A: Schedule of Work

Appendix B: Bidders References

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-5
IFB# PSR-09-02
Appendix C: Addendum Acknowledgment

Appendix D: Virginia Contractor's License

Appendix E: General Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens

Appendix F: Schedule of Proposed Subcontractors

Appendix G: Bid Bond

Appendix H: Payment Bond

Appendix I: Performance Bond

Appendix J: Notice of Award

Appendix K: Notice to Proceed

Appendix L: Change Order

Appendix M: Warranty Requirements

Section 8: Tree Preservation Procedures & Specifications

5. Site Visit

The Bidder shall visit the site and shall be responsible for obtaining all information
required for the submission of the bid. The Bidder shall carefully examine the Tender
Documents and satisfy themselves as to the risks, obligations, and responsibilities to be
undertaken in the contract. All costs in connection with the visit to and inspection of the
site and the preparation of the Bid shall be borne by the Bidder.

6. Particular Requirements

6.1 Preparation of Proposal

6.1.1 Bids shall be prepared using the blank copies of the "Form of Tender", attached
hereto as Exhibit-A, (to be retyped on Bidder's Letter Head) and the "Schedule of
Prices and Rates", attached hereto as Exhibit-B, as provided in the Tender
Documents. Bids shall be submitted as follows: one original and four copies.

6.1.2 The Bid shall be submitted on the basis of the exact compliance by Bidder with all
terms and conditions of the Tender Documents.

7. Bid Submission

Bid shall include, as a minimum, the following:

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-6
IFB# PSR-09-02
a. Duly completed Form of Tender retyped on Bidder's letterhead, and duly completed Bid
Form, in accordance with the format given in Exhibit-A

b. Schedule of Prices and Rates-Exhibit-B

c. Bid Bond

d. Schedule of Work, Appendix-B, work shall be completed as outlined in the Time for
Completion of Base Bid Work

e. References, Appendix-B

f. Duly Completed Addendum Acknowledgment, Appendix-C

g. Virginia Contractor's License, reference Section 7, appendix D and provide a current


and valid copy of your firm’s Virginia Contractor’s License.

h. Schedule of Proposed Subcontractors, reference Section 7, appendix F.

i. Contact person and information

8. Consideration of Offers

The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all offers, to waive technicalities and
irregularities, advertise for new bids, or to proceed to do the work otherwise in the
OWNER's sole discretion, if it is in the judgment of the OWNER, as to its best interests.
The Bidder shall not be entitled to any indemnity with respect to any claims, demands,
proceedings, damage costs, charges and expenses, whatsoever arising out of such rejection.
Offers shall be considered irregular and may, without limitation, be rejected for, without
limitation, the following reasons:

a. If the Schedule of Prices and Rates does not identify a price for each item.

b. If there are any unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate bids or percentage


increase or decrease in the Bid price or irregularities of the kind which tend to make the
proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning.

c. If any required documents are missing.

Bidders may be disqualified and their offers rejected, without limitation, for the following
reasons:

a. If more than one Bid for the project is submitted for an individual firm, partnership or
corporation under the same name or different name.

b. If there is evidence of any collusion between Bidders.

c. Falsification of any documents or price submitted with the bid.


INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-7
IFB# PSR-09-02
One original and four (4) copies of the completed Bid shall be submitted before 02:00 p.m.
on March 30, 2010 in a sealed envelope and should be addressed as follows:

Town of Purcellville
130 East Main Street
Purcellville, VA 20132

Attention: Public Works Department


Title: Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations
Reference: IFB # PSR-09-02

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-8
IFB# PSR-09-02
EXHIBIT A
(to be typed on Bidder’s Letterhead)

Form of Tender
Town of Purcellville
130 East Main Street
Purcellville, VA 20132

Attention: Public Works Director

Subject: Invitation for Bids: Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations

Reference: Bid No. IFB NO. PSR-09-02

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have received and examined the Tender Document concerning the subject Works for the
Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations for the Town of Purcellville. We have made all the
necessary inquiries concerning the Works and have familiarized ourselves with the above-
mentioned documents.

We confirm that we have visited the site of the Works and that we have examined all documents
necessary for the proper performance of the contract. The Work includes but is not limited to the
restroom upgrades, geothermal HVAC system, electric service, water service, fire protection and
interior finishes.

We have examined all sections of the Tender Document and Addenda for the Purcellville Roller
Skating Rink Alterations. We, the undersigned, hereby offer to provide all Works\Services
covered in the Tender Document for the total sum of US Dollars as indicated below and in
Exhibit B:

Base Bid:

____________________________________________________________ ($___________)
(in words) (in numbers)

Alternate: (Reference Section 01230 - Alternate Prices)

____________________________________________________________ ($___________)
(in words) (in numbers)

Unit Price: (Reference Section 01270 - Unit Prices)

____________________________________________________________ ($___________)
(in words) (in numbers)
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-9
IFB# PSR-09-02
We agree to the conditions stated in the documents cited above, and we hereby submit the
required Proposal in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders.

We agree to furnish all designs, material, labor, and supervision necessary to complete the
Works in accordance with the Tender Document, Specifications and Drawings.

Enclosed herewith, for your consideration, are Schedule of Prices & Rates, Bid Bond and other
attachments, which, by this reference, are incorporated herein into form part of this Bid.

If awarded the Contract, we shall commence the work within seven (7) calendar days of the
issuance of the Notice to Proceed and will complete the work described in the Contract under
“Completion of Work”.

We agree to abide by this Proposal for 90 Days from the IFB closing date.

We understand that the Town of Purcellville the right within its sole discretion to accept or reject
all or any part of this Bid, for any reason(s) whatsoever.

Sincerely,

Name of Bidder

By: Duly Authorized Officer

Date:

VA Contractor’s License No. ________________________________


[Corporate Seal]

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-10
IFB# PSR-09-02
EXHIBIT A

BID FORM

Time for Completion of Base Bid – Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations: Contractor
shall commence work on site within seven (7) consecutive calendar days after receipt of Notice
to Proceed and to achieve completion as noted below.
Phase 1 Geothermal field installation - 05/18/10 to 08/13/10
Phase 1 Submittal duration – 04/15/10 to 05/15/10
Phase 1 Substantial Completion – 08/13/10
Phase 1 Final Completion - 08/14/10 to 08/17/10
No on site work will occur during the Babe Ruth event - 08/18/10 to 08/28/10
Phase 2 Remainder of work - 09/01/10 to 12/01/10
Phase 2 Submittal duration – 05/15/10 to 06/15/10
Phase 2 Substantial Completion – 12/01/10
Phase 2 Final Completion - 12/02/10 to 12/17/10

Unanticipated Delay:

Due to requirements of Owner, at his discretion, the Owner may request one or more delay days
in work. Cost per diem for delay of work requested by Owner shall be: $300.00.

Liquated Damages:

The Contractor shall pay the Owner $300.00 per calendar day in liquidated damages if the actual
completion date of the work extends beyond the “Time of Completion of the Work” date
specified in the Contract. Cost for liquated damages will be deducted from the sum due to the
Contractor prior to final payment.

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-11
IFB# PSR-09-02
EXHIBIT B
SCHEDULE OF PRICES AND RATES

Preamble:

In consideration of the complete execution of the WORK to the satisfaction of the


OWNER, the OWNER shall pay the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR
agrees as full compensation for same the CONTRACT PRICE as given herein
Exhibit A.

All prices and rates are fully inclusive of each and every item, service, equipment or
facility as may be required to provide and perform the WORKS covered under the
CONTRACT and in full compliance with the CONTRACT requirements.

The Unit rates as provided in Exhibit-A and Section 01270 – Unit prices are fixed
for the duration of the Agreement and are all inclusive. There will be no other
reimbursement for any other cost whatsoever.

All prices and rates shall remain firm without any escalation, whatsoever, until the
completion of WORK.

Each item shall be priced separately, due allowance being made in the quoted rate
for full compliance with the Tender Documents.

All prices and rates are to apply in executing the WORK in large or small quantities,
to any shaped section, in difficult or easy situations and at any elevation. OWNER
will not entertain any claim as to the proportions of the Work actually falling into
these categories.

C. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

The Instructions to Bidders are set forth in the American Institute of Architects
Document A701-1997 Instructions entitled "Instructions to Bidders", containing
Articles 1 through 8 and are hereby made part of this Specification to the same
extent as if bound herein.

These Instructions to Bidders shall become part of the Contract and shall apply to
the Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers.

END OF SECTION

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 1.0-12
IFB# PSR-09-02
SECTION 2.0

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 2.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
A. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

These Supplementary Instructions to Bidders contain modifications and additions to the AIA
Document A701-1997 Instructions to Bidders referenced in Section 1. Where no part of the
Instructions to Bidders is modified or voided by the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the
unaltered provisions shall remain in effect.

These Supplementary Instructions to Bidders shall become part of the Contract.

First page:
ADD project name and location: “Purcellville Roller Rink Alterations (Phase 2), 250 South
Nursery Avenue, Purcellville, VA 20132”

ADD Owner’s name and address: “Town of Purcellville, 130 East Main Street, Purcellville, VA
20132”

ADD Architect’s name and address: “Shaffer Wilson Sarver & Gray (SWSG), 1821 Michael
Faraday Drive, Suite 302, Reston, VA 20190”

1.3 ADD the words "or Owner" after "Architect".

1.6 ADD to end "Alternate Bids must be submitted in accordance with Town of Purcellville
Purchasing Regulations."

3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-Bidders

3.1.1 Delete the word "Deposit" from the first sentence. Delete the last three sentences.

3.2.1 Replace the word "Architect" with the word "Owner".

3.2.2 Replace the word "Architect" with the word "Owner".

3.3.2 Replace the words "Architect" and "Architect's" with the words "Owner" and "Owner's".

3.3.3 Replace the word "Architect" with the word "Owner".

3.4.3 Replace the word "four" with the words "four business".

4.1.1 ADD “Reference Section 1.0 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, EXIHIBIT A.”

ADD “4.1.8 Bids shall be submitted in accordance with the Town of Purcellville Purchasing
Regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference."

4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.3, 4.4.4 "Delete Paragraphs and Substitute 4.4.1 with the following: "Bids may
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 2.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
be withdrawn only in accordance with Paragraph 200.18 of the Town of Purcellville Purchasing
Regulations."

5.3.1 ADD after the word "qualified" the words "and responsive" in the first sentence.

6.3.1 Delete the words "through the Architect".

6.3.2 Delete the words "Architect and".

6.3.3 Replace the first reference to the "Architect" with the word "Owner" and delete the words
"either". Delete the words "or Architect" in the first and second sentence.

6.3.4 Replace the words "and Architect have" with the word "has". Delete the second reference
to "and Architect".

7.1.1 ADD to the end of the first sentence "but must be surety licensed to conduct business in the
Commonwealth of Virginia and acceptable to the Owner."

7.1.3 Delete Paragraph in its entirety.

7.2.1 and 7.2.2 "Delete paragraphs and Substitute the following: "The Bidder shall deliver the
required bonds to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract. Such bonds
shall be in the form attached hereto."

Omit article 8 contents and ADD “Reference Section 3.0 Contract Agreement”.

ADD the following;

ARTICLE 9 BID SECURITY


9.1.1 Each bid must be accompanied by (1) cash; or (2) a Cashier's Check or a certified Check of
the Bidder in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the bid, made payable to the Town of
Purcellville or; (3) a bidder's bond on the Bid Bond Form provided in the Tender Document, or
on a similar form which materially complies with said Bid Bond form, in the amount of five
percent (5%) of his bid. PLEASE NOTE: The amount of a bid bond shall not exceed 5% of the
amount bid pursuant to Sec. 2.2-4336. For purposes of this provision, the amount of the bid shall
be the total of base bids or the alternative bid, whichever is greater. The Bid Bond shall be
issued by a surety company licensed to conduct business in Virginia and acceptable to the
Owner.

9.1.2 Said Bid security shall be returned to all but the three lowest responsive and responsible
Bidders and remaining security will be returned within 48 hours after the Owner and the
successful Bidder have executed the contract. If no contract has been awarded or the Bidder has
not been notified of the acceptance of his bid, within ninety (90) days of the bid opening, the
Bidder may withdraw his bid and request the return of his bid security. If, at the Owner's
request, the Bidder agrees to extend and maintain his bid beyond the specified 90 days, his bid
security will not be returned until 48 hours after the contract has been executed. The Successful
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 2.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
Bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute the Contract within ten (10) days after he has
received notice of the acceptance of his Bid, shall forfeit to the Owner the security deposited
with his bid, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal. Such forfeiture shall be the lesser
of (i) the difference between the bid for which the bond was written and the bid of the next low
responsive and responsible bidder to this IFB, to whom a contract is awarded; or (ii) the face
amount of the bid bond.

9.2 All Bidders shall provide evidence of a certificate of registration as required by Chapter 11 of
Title 54.1 Virginia Code Ann. before their bids will be considered. If a bid is $70,000 or more,
or if the Contractor's annual volume is $500,000 or more, the Contractor must be licensed as a
"Class A Contractor." If a bid is $1,500 or more but less than $70,000, the Contractor must be
licensed as at least a "Class B Contractor."

The Bidder shall place on the outside of the envelope containing the bid and shall place in the
bid, at the place provided, whichever of the following notations is appropriate:

"Licensed Class A Virginia Contractor No. _______________"

"Licensed Class B Virginia Contractor No. _______________"

"Contract is less than $1,500 therefore licensure is not required."

9.3 SITE CONDITIONS AND CONDITIONS OF THE WORK

9.3.1 Each Bidder must acquaint himself thoroughly with the character and nature of the work to
be done. Each Bidder furthermore must make a careful examination of the site of the work and
inform himself fully as to the difficulties to be encountered in the performance of the work, the
facilities for delivering, storing and placing materials and equipment, and other conditions
relating to construction and labor.

9.3.2 The successful Bidder assumes all risk as to the nature of the soil or subsurface conditions
which underlie the work or are adjacent thereto, or difficulties that may be due to any
unfavorable conditions that may be encountered in the work, whether apparent on surface
inspection or disclosed after construction begins. The successful Bidder also assumes all risk as
to the condition of any existing improvements.

9.3.3 No pleas of ignorance of any conditions that exist or may hereafter exist on the site of the
work, or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the work, or a result of failure to
make necessary investigations and examinations, will be accepted as an excuse for any failure or
omission on the part of the successful Bidder to fulfill in every detail all the requirements of the
Contract Documents and to complete the work for the consideration set forth therein, or as a
basis for any claim whatsoever.

9.3.4 Insofar as possible, the successful Bidder, in carrying out his work, must employ such
methods or means as will not cause interruption or interference with the work of the Owner or
any separate contractor.
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 2.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
9.3.5 This Contract includes excavation on an unclassified basis. The cost of all excavation
required under this Contract shall be merged into the Base Bid. No distinction will be made for
payment purposes between earth and rock.

9.4 SECURITY FOR FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE

9.4.1 The successful Bidder shall furnish a Performance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred
percent (100%) of the Contract Sum as security for the faithful performance of this Contract in
strict conformity with the plans, specifications and conditions of this Contract and also a Labor
and Materials Payment Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the
Contract Sum, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing
materials under this Contract. The Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Payment
Bond shall be in separate instruments in the form attached hereto in accordance with State law
and shall be delivered to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract.

9.5 TIME FOR COMPLETION

9.5.1 The time for completion of this Contract shall be as fixed in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement.

9.6 LIABILITY INSURANCE AND WORKER'S COMPENSATION

9.6.1 The successful bidder will be required to carry public liability and worker's compensation
and other insurance in the amounts and under the terms stipulated under Paragraph 11 of the
General Conditions.

9.7 BIDDERS REFERRED TO LAWS

9.7.1 The attention of the Bidder is called to the provisions of all Municipal, County, and State
laws, regulations, ordinances, and resolutions and permits relating to obstructing streets,
maintaining signals, storing and handling of explosives, or otherwise affecting the Bidder, or his
employees or his work hereunder in his relation to the Owner or any other person. The Bidder
shall obey all such laws, regulations, ordinances, permits, or resolutions controlling or limiting
Contractors while engaged in the prosecution of work under this contract.

9.7.2 The provisions of the awarded contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of
Virginia and in accordance with the laws, ordinances, regulations, permits and resolutions of the
Town of Purcellville.

9.7.3 The Town of Purcellville Purchasing Regulations, and the Virginia Public Procurement
Law are incorporated herein by reference into this Invitation for Bids. In the event of a conflict
the Purchasing Regulations and Public Procurement Act shall govern. Where the word Director
is used in the text, the Town of Purcellville’s Procurement Officer may be considered to have the
same powers as the Director for purposes of Town of Purcellville Procurements.

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 2.0-5
IFB# PSR-09-02
9.7.4 CONFLICT OF INTEREST -- This Bid is subject to the provisions of Section (2.2-3100 et
seq.) Virginia Code Ann. No member of the Town of Purcellville Council, or Town of
Purcellville, or any member or employee of any governmental agency, commission or board or
the spouse or any relative who resides in the same household as any of the foregoing, may be a
contractor or subcontractor in connection with any Bid or have a personal interest therein as
defined in Section 2.2-3101 of the Code, unless permitted under the Act. Any contract entered
into in violation of the provisions of this Act may be declared void by the Town of Purcellville
within 5 years of the date of such contract. The successful Bidder/Contractor shall incorporate
the provisions of the above paragraph, Conflict of Interest, in each Subcontract.

9.7.5 The Contractor agrees to abide by the provisions of Section 59.1-9.1 et seq. of the Virginia
Code Ann. known as the Virginia Antitrust Act.

9.8 FORM OF BID

9.8.1 Bids shall be submitted using the enclosed Form of Tender form. One original and four (4)
copies shall be submitted.

9.9 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE

9.9.1 A written award (or Acceptance of Bid) mailed or otherwise furnished to the successful
Bidder within the time for acceptance specified in the Invitation for Bids shall be deemed to
result in a binding contract without further action by either party. Bidder, nevertheless, shall be
obligated to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement and provide required bonds in order to
avoid breach of such contract.

9.10 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

9.10.1 During the performance of this contract the successful Bidder/Contractor shall agree to
abide by all provisions of, Town of Purcellville Purchasing Regulations that relate to equal
opportunity.

9.11 ACCESS TO DOCUMENTS

9.11.1 During the performance of this contract the successful Bidder/Contractor shall agree to
abide by all provisions of, Town of Purcellville, that relate to access to documents.

9.12 NEGOTIATIONS WITH LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER(S): Unless canceled or


rejected, a responsible bid from the lowest responsible bidder shall be accepted as submitted,
except that if the bid from the lowest responsible bidder exceeds available funds, the Town of
Purcellville may negotiate with the apparent low bidder to obtain a contract price within
available funds. Such negotiations may be directed towards the: (a) reduction of goods or
services procured; (b) substitution of materials; and/or change in the period for completion of the
project.

At its option, during such negotiations, the Town of Purcellville may identify the amount of
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 2.0-6
IFB# PSR-09-02
funds available for the project, direct that certain items of the project be excluded from the bid
and ask the apparent low bidder to submit a final revised bid on the revised project. If the
apparent low bidder thereafter submits a bid for the revised project in excess of the available
funds identified for the project, the Town of Purcellville may terminate negotiations with such
bidder and ask the next apparent low bidder to submit a bid for the exact same revised project. If
the next low bidder submits a revised bid that is within budget, the Town of Purcellville may
award the revised contract to such bidder.

END OF SECTION

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 2.0-7
IFB# PSR-09-02
SECTION 3.0
CONTRACT AGREEMENT

CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Sec. 3.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made this day of 20__, by and between the


Town of Purcellville, hereinafter called "Owner" and __________. (an individual or a
Partnership or a Corporation) duly organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia, State of __________________ and authorized to conduct business in the
Commonwealth of Virginia, hereinafter called "Contractor".

WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements


hereinafter mentioned:

1. The Contractor shall commence and complete Alterations of the Purcellville


Roller Skating Rink.

2. The Contractor shall furnish all of the material, supplies, tools, equipment,
labor and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the
project described herein.

3. The Contractor shall commence the work required by the Contract


Documents within seven (7) days of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed.

4. The Contractor agrees to perform all of the Work described in the Contract
Documents for the total sum of $______________ (in
numbers)_______________________________________________________
______________________________________________ (in words).

4a. The contractor shall:


Perform at least 20 percent of the total work with forces that are in direct
employment of the contractor.

5. The term "Contract Documents" means and includes the following:


a. Invitation for Bids
b. Instructions to Bidders
c. Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
d. Contractor Bid Proposal
e. Bid Bond
f. This Owner-Contractor Agreement
g. Payment Bond
h. Performance Bond
i. Notice of Award
j. Notice to Proceed
k. Change Order(s)
l. General Contract Terms and Conditions
m. Supplementary Conditions to the Contract
n. Construction Document consisting of plans, specifications; prepared
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Sec. 3.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
and issued by Shaffer Wilson Sarver & Gray (SWSG).
o. Addenda, reference Section 7.
p. Sections 1.0 through Sections 8.0 and Division 1

6. Progress payments shall be made monthly, assuming timely and proper submission
of invoices by Contractor with required documentation.

7. The Contractor does not, and shall not during the performance of the contract for
goods and services in the Commonwealth of Virginia; knowingly employ an
unauthorized alien as defined in the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act
of 1986.

8. During the performance of the Work described in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor agrees as follows:

a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, age,
disability, or other basis prohibited by state law relating to discrimination in
employment, except where there is a bona fide occupational qualification
reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the Contractor. The
Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and
applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
b. The Contractor, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, will state that such Contractor is an equal
opportunity employer.
c. Notices, advertisements and solicitations placed in accordance with federal
law, rule or regulation shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of meeting
the requirements of this Paragraph 8.
d. The Contractor will include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs a, b,
and c in every subcontract or purchase order of over $10,000, so that the
provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.

9. During the performance of the Work described in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor agrees to:

a. provide a drug-free workplace for the Contractor’s employees;


b. post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for
employment, a statement notifying employees that the unlawful
manufacture, sale, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of a
controlled substance or marijuana is prohibited in the Contractor’s
workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees
for violations of such prohibition;
c. state in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on
behalf of the Contractor that the Contractor maintains a drug-free
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Sec. 3.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
workplace; and
d. include the provisions of the foregoing clauses in every subcontract or
purchase order of over $10,000, so that the provisions will be binding upon
each subcontractor or vendor.

10. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by


their duly authorized officials, this Agreement in two copies, each of which shall be
deemed an original on the date first above written.

OWNER:
TOWN OF PURCELLVILLE

By__________________________________

Name________________________________

Title__________________________________

CONTRACTOR:

___________________________________

BY ________________________________
[CORPORATE SEAL]
Name ______________________________

Title _______________________________

CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Sec. 3.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
SECTION 4.0
GENERAL CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

GENERAL CONDITIONS
Sec. 4.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CONDITIONS

General Construction Contract Conditions

The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction are set forth in the American
Institute of Architects Document A201-2007, entitled "General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction," containing Articles 1 through 15 and are hereby made part of
this Specification to the same extent as if bound herein.

These General Conditions shall become a part of the Contract and shall apply to the
Contractor and all Subcontractors and suppliers.

GENERAL CONDITIONS
Sec. 4.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
SECTION 5.0
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 5.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

The General Conditions and Instructions set out below shall apply to all formal bid
solicitations and resulting contract award issued by the Town of Purcellville unless
otherwise specified. Bidders are responsible for informing themselves of these
requirements prior to submission of bids. Failure to do so will be at the bidder’s own
risk, and pleas of error or ignorance shall not be honored. Bidders requiring additional
information about the General Conditions and Instructions set forth below should contact
the Purchasing Office.

In the event there is a conflict between the American Institute of Architects Document
A201-2007, entitled “General Conditions of the Contract for Constriction”, containing
Articles 1 through 15 and any other terms and conditions that may be included elsewhere
in this solicitation, the other terms and conditions shall prevail.

1. Bids shall be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. When the
terms and conditions of multiple bids are so provided in the Invitation to Bid,
awards may be made to more than one bidder. Bidders may restrict bids to
consideration in aggregate by specifically stating same in writing on the Bid
Form. Bidders should, however, give unit prices where requested. Failure to do
so may constitute an informality. Unless otherwise specified, the Town reserves
the right: (1) to award in part or in whole (2) to reject any or all bids, and (3) to
waive any informality in bids, and (4) to award so as to best serve the interest of
the Town. Awards made in response to a RFP will be made to the most qualified
offeror whose proposal is determined, in writing, to be the most advantageous to
the Town, taking into consideration the evaluation factors set forth in the RFP.

2. Unless canceled or rejected for good cause, a responsive bid from the lowest
responsible bidder shall be accepted as submitted except that if the bid from the
lowest responsible bidder exceeds available funds or is deemed excessive..

3. If received after the time specified for Public Bid Opening, formal bids,
amendments thereto, or requests for withdrawal of bids will not be considered.
Late bids will be returned to the bidder UNOPENED if the bidder’s return address
is shown. If the Town declares administrative or liberal leave, scheduled bid
openings or receipt of proposals will be extended to the next business day at the
same time.

4. Bids must be properly identified as a “SEALED BID”, noting the project name,
and IFB bid number. Properly marked bids received prior to the specified time of
Public Bid Opening will be securely kept, unopened, in the office of the
Purchasing Manager. The Purchasing Manager or duly appointed representative
will determine when the specified time has arrived and no bid shall be received
thereafter.
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Sec. 5.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
5. No liability shall attach to the Purchasing Manager or appointed representative for
the premature opening of an improperly addressed or improperly identified bid.
When improperly identified bids are received, the bidder takes the risk that the
envelope may be inadvertently opened and the information compromised, which
may cause the bid to be disqualified. The Town reserves the right to declare such
a bid as non-responsive.

6. Unless specifically authorized in the solicitation, telegraphic, electronic or


facsimile bids will not be considered.

7. At the time fixed for the opening of responses to a bid, bids will be opened in
public and read aloud and bid contents will be made public for the information of
bidders and other interested parties who may be present either in person or by
representative. Bids are available for public inspection subsequent to the Public
Bid Opening for a period of not less than 60 days. At the time fixed for the receipt
of responses for Request for Proposals, only the names of the offerors will be read
and made available to the public. Please note that all proceedings, records,
contracts and other records relating to procurement transactions shall be open to
the inspection of any citizen, or any interested person, firm or corporation in
accordance with the Freedom of Information Act subject to the exemptions
therein.
8. In the event a vendor cannot submit a bid on a solicitation, he or she is requested
to return the solicitation cover sheet as a “No Bid” with an explanation as to why
he or she is unable to bid on these requirements. Because of the large number of
firms listed on the Town’s Bidders List, it may be necessary to delete from this
list the names of those persons, firms or corporations who fail to respond after
having been invited to bid for three (3) consecutive solicitations.

9. Unless otherwise specified in the solicitation, all original bids shall be submitted
with four copies, properly signed in permanent blue ink in the proper spaces, and
submitted in a sealed envelope. The item pages of the solicitation which do not
include any items for which a bid price or signature is required need not be
included in the submission of a bid.

10. The bidder must supply all information required by the Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Specifications, and Bid Forms. Failure to fill all blanks
may result in disqualification of the bid.

11. Unless otherwise specified by the Town, all formal bids submitted shall be
binding for Town acceptance for ninety (90) days from the date of the bid
opening.

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 5.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
12. Bid prices must be net, including transportation and handling charges fully
prepaid by the contractor to destination, and subject only to cash discount for
prompt payment of invoice.

13. A bidder for a public construction contract, other than a contract for construction
or maintenance of public highways, may withdraw his bid from consideration if
provided the bid was submitted in good faith, and the mistake was a clerical
arithmetic error or an unintentional omission of a quantity of work, labor or
unintentional omission can be clearly shown by objective evidence drawn from
the bid sought to be withdrawn.

If a bid contains both clerical and judgment mistakes, a bidder may withdraw his
bid from consideration if the price bid would have been substantially lower than
the other bids due solely to the clerical mistake, that was an unintentional
arithmetic error or an unintentional omission of a quantity of work, labor or
material made directly in the compilation of a bid that shall be clearly shown by
objective evidence drawn from inspection of original work papers, documents and
materials used in the preparation of the bid sought to be withdrawn.
A Bidder wishing to withdraw his bid shall give notice in writing of his claim of
right to withdraw his bid within two business days after the conclusion of the bid
opening procedure and shall submit original work papers with such notice

14. When an error is made in computing the extension of total price(s), the unit bid
price will govern. Erasures in bids must be initialed by the bidder. Carelessness
in quoting prices or in preparation of bid otherwise, will not relieve the bidder.
Bidders are cautioned to recheck their bids for possible error. The bidder will be
required to perform if his or her bid is accepted and a Contract is executed based
on the bid submitted.

15. Bidders must submit any and all exceptions to conditions of specifications in
writing at time of bid as part of the bid submission.

16. Unless otherwise provided in the Invitation to Bid, any catalog, brand name, or
make or manufacturer’s reference shall not restrict bidders to the specified brand,
make or manufacturer named; rather it conveys the general style, type, character,
and quality of the article desired, and any article which the Town, in its sole
discretion, determines to be the equal of that specified, considering quality,
workmanship, economy of operation, and suitability for the purpose intended,
shall be accepted.

17. No employee of the Town shall be admitted to any share or part of this contract or
to any benefit that may arise there from.

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 5.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
18. Specific requirements as to bid bonds and performance bonds shall be
incorporated in individual bid specifications, if required.

19. A written notice of award (or acceptance of bid) shall be provided to the
successful bidder within the specified acceptance period. It may be in the form of
a letter as included in Section 7.0 or a purchase order, either of which shall be
deemed a binding contract without further action by either party.

20. Delivery of merchandise must conform to instructions in the bid and/or in the
applicable notice of award or purchase order(s). All Owner supplied goods are
purchased F.O.B. destination. All costs for coordinating, tracking, receiving,
inventorying, inspecting, reporting, storing, reordering and tracking reorders of
Owner supplied goods shall be borne by the Contractor. Transportation charges
are included in the unit prices bid unless otherwise specified.

21. When required in bid specifications, samples shall be delivered to a location


determined by the Owner at the bidder’s expense by the date and time specified in
the bid documents. In no case shall said time be later than the bid opening.
Samples shall be removed by the bidder at the bidders own expense within thirty
(30) days after written notice to do so.
Failure to do so may result in storage of the property at the bidder’s risk and
expense, or in its declaration as abandoned property – subject to disposal as such.

22. The Town of Purcellville does not discriminate against faith-based organizations
in accordance with the Code of Virginia, 11-35.1 or against a bidder or offeror
because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, age, disability, or any other
basis prohibited by state law relating to discrimination in employment.

23. The Town requests that bids be printed on recycled paper, using both sides of
each page and a minimum font size of 12.

24. This procurement is being conducted on behalf of other public bodies, in


accordance with Section 2.2-4304 (A) of the Code of Virginia. The successful
consultant will be required to provide these same services, at the same price, for
any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation to any public body within the
Commonwealth of Virginia.

25. By submitting their bids, bidders certify that they are not currently debarred by
the Commonwealth of Virginia and by the Federal Government from submitting
bids or proposals on contracts for the type of goods and/or services covered by
this solicitation, nor are they an agent of any person or entity that is currently so
debarred."

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 5.0-5
IFB# PSR-09-02
26. The Town will undertake every reasonable effort to increase the opportunity for
participation in the procurement process by small, minority and woman owned
firms.

The foregoing conditions shall be binding on all sealed bid solicitations unless
specifically deleted or amended by reference within the bid documents.

END OF SECTION

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS


Sec. 5.0-6
IFB# PSR-09-02
SECTION 6
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
Supplementary Construction Contract Conditions

These Supplementary Conditions contain modifications and additions to the General Conditions
referenced above in Section 4. Where no part of the General Conditions is modified or voided
by the Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. Under all
Articles, delete all references to Arbitration throughout the General Conditions.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

The following supplementary conditions modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction", AIA Document A201 - 2007. Where any part of the general conditions is
modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions of that Article,
Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect.

First page:
ADD project name and location: “Purcellville Roller Rink Alterations (Phase 2), 250 South
Nursery Avenue, Purcellville, VA 20132”

ADD Owner’s name and address: “Town of Purcellville, 130 East Main Street, Purcellville, VA
20132”

ADD Architect’s name and address: “Shaffer Wilson Sarver & Gray (SWSG), 1821 Michael
Faraday Drive, Suite 302, Reston, VA 20190”

Article I; Contract Documents

1.1.1 The Contract Documents.


In the first sentence following the words "consist of the", insert the words "Invitation for Bids,
Instructions to Bidders and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, Bid Proposal, Bid Bond,
Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice of Award, Notice to Proceed Change Order,". In the
second sentence change the word "Architect" to "Owner".

1.1.8 Delete “Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify”.

1.1.2 The Contract.


Delete the fourth sentence and replace it with “The Contract Documents shall not be construed to
create a contractual relationship of any kind between any persons or entities other than the
Owner and Contractor”. Delete the fifth sentence in its entirety.

1.2.1 Delete the second sentence in its entirety.

ADD 1.2.4 Anything shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications or
mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings shall have the same effect as if
shown or mentioned respectively in both. Technical specifications take priority over General

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
Specifications and detail drawings take precedence over general drawings. Any conflict or
inconsistency in the drawing shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner whose decisions
thereon shall be conclusive. In case of conflict or inconsistency between the drawings and
specifications, the specifications shall govern.

ADD "1.2.5 Should any work or material be required which is not denoted in the Drawings and
Specifications either directly or indirectly, but which is nevertheless, necessary for the proper
carrying out of the intent thereof, it is understood and agreed that the same is implied and
required and that the Contractor shall perform such work and furnish such materials as fully as if
they were completely delineated and prescribed."

ADD "1.2.6 Where variances occur between the Drawings and Specifications or within either
documents, or if work required is detailed in the Contract Documents so as to render it
impossible for the Contractor to produce first class work, or where the Contractor believes that
there is insufficient detail contained in the Drawings and Specifications from which to make a
proper determination as to their intent, the Contractor shall bring such matters to the immediate
attention of the Owner for clarification or other decision as provided in the Contract Documents.
The Owner shall determine which document takes precedence, or will give instructions as to the
intent of the Contract Documents, in accordance with this Contract. Failure of the Contractor to
bring such variances of which he knew or should have known will constitute a waiver of any
claim based on the Owner's interpretation of the drawings or specifications. Figured dimensions
take precedence over scaled dimensions; large scale drawings over small. Repetitive features not
completely described and/or detailed shall be constructed in accordance with corresponding
features that are completely described and/or detailed."

ADD "1.2.7 The Contractor shall make no changes in the Work without having first received
written permission from the Owner according to the provisions of this Contract regarding
Change Orders.

ADD "1.2.8 The Owner will not rule on any matter in dispute between any Subcontractors as to
scope of subcontracts, nor rule on disputes between Contractor and any Subcontractor as to
scope of subcontracts."

Article 2; Owner

2.1.1 Delete the third sentence.

ADD "2.1.3 The term "Owner" or "Owner's Representative" specifically excludes any and all
inspectors having building code or County ordinance responsibilities or jurisdiction under the
requirements of the Building or other permits."

2.2.3 Delete the second sentence and replace it with: "Unless otherwise specified in this
Contract, any reports or analyses provided by Owner are for the Contractor's information only,

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
and their accuracy and completeness are not guaranteed or warranted by the Owner and such
reports are not adopted by reference into, nor are they part of the Contract Documents."

Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 in its entirety and substitute the following:

2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge five (5) copies of Drawings and
Specifications. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction, postage and
handling.

2.4 Delete the third and fourth sentence in its entirety.

ADD "2.4.1 Neither Owner nor its officers, agents, assignees or employees are in any way liable
or accountable to the Contractor or his surety for the method by which work performed by the
Owner, or at the Owner's direction, or any portion thereof, is accomplished or for the price paid
therefore.
Notwithstanding the Owner's right to carry out a portion of the Work, maintenance and
protection of the Work remains the Contractor's and Surety's responsibility as provided for in the
Performance Bond of the Contractor pursuant to this Contract."

Article 3; Contractor

3.1.3 Change “Architect” to “Owner” and “Architect’s” to “Owner’s”.

ADD 3.2.1.1 Unless the Contract Documents indicate to the contrary, Contractor assumes full
responsibility for inspection of the site and determination of the character, quality and quantity
of any soil, surface or subsurface conditions that may be encountered or which may affect the
work, and for the means and methods of construction that he employs when performing the
Work. The Owner shall not be liable for any additional work or costs arising as a result of any
conclusions reached or assumptions derived by the Contractor from or based upon any such
geotechnical, soils or other reports, surveys and analyses which Owner makes available for the
Contractor's information and review."

3.2.2 In the second sentence change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

3.3.1 ADD to end of the second sentence: "subject, however, to the Owner's right to reject means
and methods proposed by the Contractor which are unsafe or otherwise not in compliance with
the Contract Documents."

Delete the third, fourth, and fifth sentences ADD at end of the paragraph: "This supervision
shall be applied on a full-time basis, shall extend to all levels and phases of the Contract, and
shall continue through the final disposition of the punch list."

3.3.2 ADD to the end: “in the same manner as if they were directly employed by the Contractor."

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
ADD "3.3.4 All grades, lines, levels and benchmarks shall be established and maintained by the
Contractor. Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions indicated on the
drawings, and shall report all inconsistencies before commencing work."

ADD "3.3.5 Contractor shall complete the Work specified and provide all items needed for
construction of the Project, complete and in good order."

ADD "3.4.4 Work and materials which are necessary in the construction but which are not
specifically referred to in the Specifications or shown in the drawings but implied by the
Contract shall be furnished by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. Such work and
materials shall correspond with the general character of the Work as may be determined by the
Owner whose decision as to the necessity for and character of such work and materials shall be
final and conclusive."

ADD "3.4.5 Where materials, equipment or execution of work is specified to conform to a


referenced standard or specification, any material, equipment or execution of work meeting or
exceeding such standard or specification may be used in the work."

ADD "3.4.6 Wherever in the specifications or contract documents a particular material is shown
or specified shall be regarded merely as a standard. Any other material, which is recognized the
equal of that specified, considering quality, and is suitable for the purpose intended, shall be
considered responsive to the specification.

ADD "3.4.7Substitution of materials, equipment or execution of work required by the Contract


Documents shall not be permitted, except in the case of bonafide emergency, in which case the
procedures under Article 12 shall apply."

ADD "3.4.8Materials and equipment shall be manufactured and/or supplied by domestic sources
unless otherwise approved by the Owner."

ADD "3.4.9 Unless otherwise provided in this Invitation for Bid, the name of a certain brand,
make or manufacturer does not restrict bidders to the specific brand, make, or manufacturer
named; it conveys the general style, type, character, and quality of the article desired, and any
article which the Town of Purcellville in its sole discretion determines to be the equal of that
specified, considering quality, workmanship, economy of operation, and suitability for the
purpose intended, shall be accepted."

3.5 In the first sentence delete the words "and Architect". In the fifth sentence change
"Architect" to "Owner".

3.6 Add the following sentence to this Subparagraph:


The Contractor shall not charge the Owner for any taxes paid pursuant to this paragraph.

3.7.1 Add the following sentence to this Subparagraph:

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-5
IFB# PSR-09-02
The Owner shall be responsible for securing and paying for the Town of Purcellville Site
Development Fee.

ADD "3.7.2.1 Contractor shall include in the Work, without additional cost to the Owner, all
labor, materials, services, apparatus, drawings (in addition to the Contract Documents), required
to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown or
specified."

3.7.4 In the first sentence change “21” to “7”. In the second and third sentences change
“Architect” to “Owner”. Delete the last sentence.

3.9.2 In the first sentence omit “through the Architect”. In the second sentence omit “The
Architect” and insert “A”. In the second sentence omit “or the Architect”. In the second sentence
omit the second “Architect” and insert “Owner”. In the third sentence omit the second
“Architect” and insert “Owner”.

3.9.3 Omit “or Architect”

3.10.1 In the first sentence delete the words "and Architect's".

3.10.2 Change "Architect" to "Owner" and “Architect’s” to “Owner’s” in all instances. Add to
the end of the second sentence “and be provided within two weeks”. Add to the third sentence
after reasonable time “or two weeks”

3.11 Delete the last sentence and replace with "These shall be delivered to the Owner upon
completion of the work."

3.12.4 Delete the third sentence and change “Architect” to “Owner” in the fourth and fifth
sentences.

3.12.5 Change "Architect" to "Owner" in all instances.

3.12.7 Delete "Architect" and replace with "Owner".

3.12.8 In the first and second sentence delete the words “Architect” and "Architect’s" and
replace with the words “Owner” and "Owner’s". In the first sentence delete the words
"Architect" and replace with the word "Owner".

3.12.9 Change "Architect" to "Owner" and “Architect’s” to “Owner’s”.

3.12.10 Delete “and the Architect” from the third sentence and insert “has”. Change “Architect”
to “Owner” in the fifth sentence. Delete both “and the Architect” phrases from the sixth
sentence. Delete the seventh sentence.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-6
IFB# PSR-09-02
3.16 Delete the words "and Architect".

3.17.1 Delete the words "and Architect” and “or Architect” in the second sentence. In the last
sentence substitute "Owner" for the word "Architect".

3.18.1 Delete the word "Architect" in the first sentence and change "Architect's consultant" to
"Owner's consultant".

ADD the following:

3.19 EXAMINATION OF RECORDS


3.19.1 Contractor agrees that the Owner or any of its duly authorized representatives shall, until
the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the
right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor
involving transactions related to this Contract.

3.19.2 Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts hereunder provisions to the
effect that the Subcontractor agrees that the Owner or any of its duly authorized representatives
shall, until the expiration of 3 years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and
the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such
Subcontractor involved in transactions related to the subcontract. The term "subcontract" as used
in this clause excludes subcontractors or purchase orders for public utility services at rates
established for uniform applicability to the general public.

3.19.3 The periods of access and examination described in 3.19.1 and 3.19.2 above, for books,
papers, documents and records which may relate to any litigation, arbitration or the settlement of
claims arising out of the performance of this Contract, shall continue until any appeals, litigation
arbitration or claims shall have been finally disposed of.

Article 4; Administration of the Contract

Delete Subparagraph 4.1.1 in its entirety.

Delete Subparagraph 4.1.2 in its entirety.

Delete Subparagraph 4.1.3 in its entirety.

4.2.1 In the first sentence omit the first reference to “Architect” and insert “Owner or Owner’s
Representative”. In the first references omit the second reference to "Architect" and insert
"Owner". In the second sentence omit “Architect” and insert “Owner’s representative”

4.2.2 In the first, second and third sentences, change the word "Architect" to "Owner".

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-7
IFB# PSR-09-02
4.2.3 In the first and second sentences, change "Architect" to "Owner". Delete the third sentence
in its entirety.

4.2.4 Delete the first two sentences in their entirety.

4.2.5 Delete the word "Architect" and “Architect’s” and substitute with "Owner" and “Owner’s”.

4.2.6 Delete in its entirety.

Delete Subparagraph 4.2.7 in its entirety and substitute the following:

4.2.7 The Owner will review and approve Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,
Product Data and Samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and
with the information given in the Contract Documents.

4.2.8 Change the word "Architect" to "Owner" in all instances.

4.2.9 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:

4.2.9 The Owner will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial and Final
Completion. The Contractor will assemble written warranties and related documents required by
the Contract and forward them to the Owner. The Owner shall make final payment according to
the requirements of Paragraph 9.10.

4.2.10 Delete in its entirety.

4.2.11 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner" and “Architect’s” to “Owner’s”. At the
end of this subparagraph, add the following sentence. "Not withstanding this provision, the
Owner's decision to questions involving artistic effect shall be final only if the Owner determines
them to be consistent with the intent of the contract documents."

4.2.12 Delete in its entirety.

4.2.13 Delete in its entirety.

ADD the following;

4.3 DECISION OF OWNER. Claims by the Contractor shall be referred initially to the Owner’s
Construction Manager on the project for action. The Owner, as provided shall be required to
render a decision with respect to the recommendation of the Construction Manager as a condition
precedent to litigation of a claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising
prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution
and progress of the work or (2) the extent to which the work has been completed. The decision
by the Owner in response to a claim shall not be a condition precedent to litigation in the event

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-8
IFB# PSR-09-02
(1) the Owner has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time
limits, (2) the Owner has failed to take action required within 30 days after the claim is made, (3)
45 days have passed after the claim has been referred to the Owner or (4) the claim relates to a
mechanic's lien.

In accordance with 11-69, VA Code Ann., this provision shall be followed for consideration and
handling of all claims by the Contractor under this Contract. Section 11-71, VA Code Ann., is
not applicable to this Contract, and under no circumstances is this paragraph to be construed as
an administrative appeals procedure governed by 11-71, VA Code Ann.

Notice of the intent to submit a claim setting forth the bases for any claim shall be submitted in
writing within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim, or within
ten (10) days of discovering the condition giving rise to the claim, whichever is later. In no event
shall any claim arising out of this Contract be filed after the submission of the request for Final
Payment by the Contractor.

Claims by the Contractor with respect to this Contract shall be submitted in writing in the first
instance for consideration by the Owner’s Construction Manager for this Contract. The
Construction Manager will develop a recommendation to the Director of Public Works within 30
days from the receipt of the claim from the Contractor.
The Director of Public Works will render a decision based on the recommendation of the
Construction Manager. The decision of the Director of Public Works shall be rendered in writing
within fifteen (15) days from the receipt of the recommendation from the Construction Manager.
If the Contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Director of Public Works, the Contractor
may file an appeal with the Town of Purcellville Town Manager, which appeal shall be received
within thirty (30) days of the date of the decision by the Director of Public Works. The Town
Manager will refer the appeal to a separate Construction Management Consultant, under contract
to the Town, where such Construction Management Consultant is impartial and not involved
with the daily activities and progress of the project. The Construction Management Consultant
shall review the appeal and reduce his or her decision on the claim to a report within forty-five
(45) days of the receipt of the claim from the Contractor. The Town Manager shall render a
decision, based on the Construction Management Consultant report, to be final on behalf of the
Town of Purcellville.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-9
IFB# PSR-09-02
The Town Manager’s decision on the claim shall be rendered in writing to the Contractor
within forty-five (45) days from receipt of the Construction Management Consultant
report, and shall be final and binding on behalf of the Town of Purcellville, unless the
Contractor submits the claim for determination by the Town Council within thirty (30)
days of the Town of Purcellville Town Manager’s decision. Claims are submitted to the
Town of Purcellville Town Council by furnishing the Town Manager a copy of the claim,
along with a request for determination by the Town Council. The Town Council shall
consider the claim and render a decision on the claim in writing within forty-five (45)
days of the date on which the Town Council hears the claim in open meeting. The Town
Council's procedure in considering claims under this contract shall be the same as that for
other decisions of the Town Council on claims made under 15.1-550, et seq., VA Code
Ann.

Should any decision-maker designated under this procedure fail to make a decision on a
claim within the time period specified, then the claim is deemed to have been denied by
the decision maker.

Pending a final determination of a claim, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with the
performance of the Contract in accordance with the decision of the Director of Streets
and Maintenance.

In accordance with the provisions of 11-69, VA Code Ann., full compliance with this
procedure set forth in the provision shall be a precondition to the filing of any lawsuit by
the Contractor against the Town of Purcellville Council arising out of this Contract.

Article 5; Subcontractors

5.2.1 In the first sentence delete the words "through the Architect". Delete the second
and third sentences in their entirety and replace with the following:

"The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not he,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity.

Failure of the Owner to reply shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. Failure
of the Owner to object to any Subcontractor shall in no way affect the liability of the
Contractor to the Owner regarding performance of all obligations by the Subcontractors."

5.2.2 In the first sentence delete the words "or Architect".

5.2.3 Delete the words "or Architect" where it appears two times.

5.2.4 Delete the words "or Architect".

5.3 In the first and second sentences delete the words "and Architect". In the fourth
sentence add “complete” before Contract Documents.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
Sec. 6.0-10
IFB# PSR-09-01
Article 6; Construction by Owner or by separate Contractors

6.2.2 In the first sentence change "Architect" to "Owner".

6.3 Change “Architect “to “Owner”.

Article 7; Changes in the Work

7.1.2 Delete Paragraph 7.1.2 in its entirety and substitute the following: "A change order
shall be based upon agreement between the Owner and Contractor; a change directive or
order for a minor change in the work may be issued by the Owner and may or may not be
agreed to by the Contractor."

ADD "7.1.4 After issuance of a Change Order, Contractor shall ensure that the amount of
the Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Payment Bond coverage has been revised
to reflect the increase in the Contract Sum due to the Change Order and shall provide
Owner written notice of same."

7.2.1 Change the word "Architect" to "Owner" and replace the phrase, "Contractor and
Architect" with "and Contractor".

Add the following:

7.2.2 The successful Contractor shall respond to the Town of Purcellville's request for
Change Orders with their cost proposal within ten (10) working days. The Town of
Purcellville shall process Change Orders within approximately ten (10) working days. In
the event an agreement cannot be reached between the Town of Purcellville and the
Contractor on a Change Order, the Town of Purcellville will issue a unilateral Change
Order to proceed with Work. Resolution between the Town of Purcellville's Change
Order and Contractor's cost proposal shall be made within five (5) days after completion
of Change Order Work.

Add the following:

7.2.3 A fixed fee limit for overhead and profit on Change Orders shall apply according to
the following schedule:

1. If the General Contractor does the Work, 10% of the labor and material
costs.
2. If the Work is done through the General Contractor's Subcontractor, the
subcontractor involved shall be allowed 10% of the labor and materials
cost and the General Contractor shall be allowed 5% of the
subcontractor's total involved.

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-11
IFB# PSR-09-01
3. This shall be the complete compensation for "Overhead and Profit" and
shall include the costs of supervision, equipment, bond, permits, profit,
insurance, bookkeeping, clerical, estimating and any other general
expense including any delay and impact costs." Proof of Payment of
increase in bond premium will be required.

Add the following:

7.2.4 To facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those
so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a
complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and subcontractors. Labor and
materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are
subcontracts, they shall be itemized also. In no case will a change involving over
$100.00 be approved without such itemization.

Add the following:

7.2.5 All Change Orders shall include the following statement on the Change Order
Form:
"The agreed upon Change Order amount contained herein constitutes all costs
associated with this change including all delay and impact costs."

7.3.1 In the first sentence delete "by the Architect" and "and Architect,”.

7.3.5.Change “Architect” to “Owner”

7.3.7 Change "Architect" to "Owner" in the first and second sentence.

7.3.8 Change "Architect" to "Owner" in the first sentence.

7.3.9 Change "Architect" to "Owner" and “Architect’s” to “Owner’s” in all instances.

7.4 In the first and second sentence change "Architect" to "Owner".

Article 8; Time

8.1.3 Delete the words "by the Architect".

ADD "8.1.5 The date of Final Completion of the Work is the date certified by the
Owner when the Work is totally complete, to include punch list work, in accordance with
the Contract Documents and the Owner may fully occupy and utilize the Work for the
use for which it is intended."

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-12
IFB# PSR-09-01
8.3.1 Delete "or Architect", "of either", "pending” and “and arbitration and or by other
causes which the Architect determines may justify delay." Change "Architect" to
"Owner" at the end of the sentence.

Article 9; Payments and Completion

9.2 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

9.3.1 In the first sentence change "Architect" to "Owner". In the second sentence
following the word "Owner" delete the words "or Architect".

9.3.1.1 ADD the following to the end: "The form for each progress payment shall be the
"Application and Certificate for Payment, AIA Documents G702 and 703". The forms
shall be complete and submitted in the original and 2 copies. The Contractor shall submit
with every Application for Payment after the first Certificate of Payment is issued,
certification that due and payable amounts and bills have been paid by the Contractor for
work for which previous Certificates for Payment were issued and payments received
from the Owner."

Add the following clause 9.3.2.1:

9.3.2.1 Until substantial completion, the Owner will pay no more than 95 percent (95%)
of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. Remaining five
percent (5%) of total contract amount will be paid to Contractor upon complying with
requirements of 9.10.5.1 of Supplemental Conditions.

Delete 9.4.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.4.1 Within seven (7) days after the receipt of the Contractor's application for payment,
the Owner will take appropriate action on said application for payment, and issue
payment for 95% of the amount the Owner determines to be due.

Delete Subparagraph 9.4.2 in its entirety.

Delete Subparagraph 9.5.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.5.1 The Owner may decline to make payment in whole or in part, to the extent
necessary to protect itself, if in his opinion the Contractor has not met his obligations as
specified in the Contract Documents. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to reach
an agreement on a revised amount, the Owner will promptly make payment for an
amount the Owner determines to be equitable. The Owner may also decline payment to
such extent as may be necessary to protect itself against loss because of:

1. defective work not remedied;

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-13
IFB# PSR-09-01
2. third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of
such claims;

3. failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for


labor, materials or equipment;

4. reasonable evidence that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid
balance of the Contract sum;

5. damage to the Owner or another Contractor;

6. reasonable evidence that the work will not be completed within the Contract
time; or

7. persistent failure to carry out the work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.

Delete Subparagraph 9.5.3 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.5.3 Contractor may not stop Work as a result of any payment or portion thereof being
withheld in accordance with this Paragraph. If the Contractor does order the Work
stopped, or if the Work is stopped in whole or in part as a result thereof, the Contractor
shall be wholly liable for any damage from delay, or otherwise, which may arise because
of such stoppage.

Delete Subparagraph 9.6.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.6.1 Upon approval of the Contractor's application for payment the Owner shall make
payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents.

9.6.2 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.6.2 The Contractor will take one of the two following actions within seven (7) days
after receipt of amounts paid to the Contractor by Owner for work performed by a
Subcontractor: (1) Pay the Subcontractor for the proportionate share of the total payment
received from the Owner attributable to the work performed by that Subcontractor. (2)
Notify the Owner and the Subcontractor, in writing, of its intention to withhold all or a
part of the Subcontractor's payment with the reason for non-payment.

Individual contractors shall provide their social security numbers and proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations shall provide their federal employer identification numbers
to Owner, reference Section 2.2 - 4354 (2)

The Contractor shall be obligated to pay interest to a Subcontractor on all monies owed
by Contractor that remain unpaid after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
Sec. 6.0-14
IFB# PSR-09-01
payment from the Owner for work performed by a Subcontractor, except for amounts
withheld under Section 1 (b) above. The Contractor's obligation to pay interest to a
Subcontractor pursuant to the provisions of these sections may not be construed to be an
obligation to the Owner.

Unless otherwise provided under the terms of this Agreement, interest shall accrue at the
rate of one (1) percent per month.

Contractor is hereby required to include in each of its subcontracts a provision requiring


each of its Subcontractors to otherwise be subject to the same payment and interest
requirements set forth in Subparagraphs 1-3 of this section with respect to each lower tier
Subcontractor.

9.6.3 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

9.6.4 Delete the words "neither" and "nor Architect". Also add the word "not" after the
word "shall".

Delete Subparagraph 9.7 in its entirety.

9.8.1 Add after the words "Contract Documents", "and an occupancy permit has been
issued".

9.8.2 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

9.8.3 Change all references to “Architect” and “Architect’s” to “Owner” and “Owner’s”.

9.8.4 Change “Architect” to “Owner” in the first sentence.

ADD “9.8.6 The Issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion does not indicate
final acceptance of the Project by the Owner, and the Contractor is not relieved of any
responsibility for the Project except as specifically stated in the Certificate of Substantial
Completion."

9.9.1 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner" and delete the words "or, if no
agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect." in the last sentence.

9.9.2 Delete the words "and Architect".

Delete Subparagraph 9.10.1 in its entirety and substitute the following:

9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Owner will promptly
make such inspection to determine if the Work is acceptable under the Contract
Documents.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
Sec. 6.0-15
IFB# PSR-09-01
9.10.2 In the first sentence change "Architect" to "Owner".

9.10.3 In the first sentence delete the words "and the Architect so confirms" and the
words "and certification by the Architect". In the second sentence change "Architect" to
"Owner".

9.10.5 Delete in its entirety and ADD the following;

9.10.5 Final payment shall be due 30 days after Date of Final Completion, provided the
Work has been completed and the Contract fully performed. Final inspections shall be
scheduled at a time not less than 3 days and not more than 10 days after receipt by Owner
of Contractor's required written notice.

ADD “9.10.5.1 The following listed documents complete in all respects shall be
submitted before or with final request for payment and approved before final payment:

(a) Documents AIA G-707 "Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment"


(b) As-Built Site Plan - 1 sepia mylar transparency and 2 black line prints,
plus an electronic set
(c) All guarantees and bonds required by the Specifications
(d) Record As-Built sets - Electrical, Plumbing, and Mechanical included
(e) Maintenance Manuals and all manufacturers' warranty certificates
(f) Certificate(s) of final inspection(s) from state and/or local agencies in
accordance with applicable codes, laws and ordinances
The issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion does not indicate final
acceptance of the Project by the Owner, and the Contractor is not relieved of any
responsibility for the Project except those outlined by the document."

ADD
9.11 MECHANIC’S LIEN
9.11.1 Contractor shall provide a sworn statement detailing all subcontractors and the
total amount of each subcontract.

9.11.2 Final waiver of lien is required from Contractor and all subcontractors and
suppliers before final payment is made."

Article 10; Protection of Persons and Property

ADD “10.1.2 This project shall be subject to the provisions of the current edition of the
'Rules and Regulations Covering Construction, Demolition and All Excavation' adopted
by the Safety Codes Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia."

10.2.5 In the first sentence delete the words "or Architect".

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-16
IFB# PSR-09-01
10.2.6 In the second sentence delete the words "and Architect".

ADD 10.2.8 Contractor shall provide written confirmation that their site specific safety
plan meets minimum OSHA requirements.

10.3.1 In the second sentence delete the words “and Architect”.

10.3.2 Delete “and Architect” From the second sentence and change all other references
to “Architect” to “Owner”.

10.3.3 Delete in its entirety.

10.5 Delete in its entirety.

Article 11; Insurance and Bonds

Add the following clause 11.1.1.9 to 11.1.1

11.1.1.9 Liability Insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a
comprehensive basis including:
1. Premises Operation (including X-C/U as applicable)
2. Products and Completed Operations
3. Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted
4. Owned, non-owned and hired motor vehicles
5. Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations
6. Umbrella Excess Liability
7. Builders risk insurance for work to be performed not less than the contract
price.
8. Contractual Indemnity/Hold Harmless.

Add the following clause 11.1.2.1 to 11.1.2:

11.1.2.1 The Insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than
the following, or greater if required by law:

1. Workers' Compensation:

a) State: Statutory
b) Applicable Federal Statutory
c) Employer's Liability $ 300,000

2. Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises-Operations;


Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations;
Broad Form Property Damage):

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-17
IFB# PSR-09-01
a) Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
b) Property Damage:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
c) Products and Completed Operations to be
maintained for one (1) year after final payment.
d) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide
X & C coverage as applicable.

3. Contractual Liability:

a) Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

b) Property Damage:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

4. Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion Deleted:


$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

5. Comprehensive Automobile Liability:

a) Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Each Person
b) Property Damage:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence

6. Umbrella Excess Liability:


$ 1,000,000 over primary insurance.
$ 1,000,000 retention for self-insured hazards Each Occurrence.

Add the following clause 11.1.3.1 to 11.1.3:

11.1.3.1 The Contractor shall furnish one (1) copy each of Certificates of Insurance
herein required for each copy of the Agreement at the time of execution of the contract,
which shall specifically set, forth evidence of all coverage required by this Article as
amended. The form of the Certificate shall be "ACORD". The Contractor shall
immediately furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequently
issued amending coverage or limits.

11.3.1 Change “Owner” to “Contractor” in first sentence. In the first sentence after
"other," insert "cost of all existing materials supplied and installed,"

11.3.1.2 Delete in its entirety.


SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
Sec. 6.0-18
IFB# PSR-09-01
11.3.1.3 Change “Owner” to “Contractor”

11.3.2 Delete in its entirety.

11.3.3 Delete in its entirety.

11.3.10 Omit the last sentence

11.4.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:

11.4.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance from a company
licensed to conduct insurance underwriting in the Commonwealth of Virginia on the
entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. The cost of this insurance shall
be included in the base bid. Such insurance shall be with a company or companies
against which the Owner has no reasonable objection.

This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and
extended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage
including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If
not covered under "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the
Work stored off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in
an Application for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. The all risk insurance shall not
expire prior to the substantial completion by the Contractor of the Work, or the beneficial
occupancy of the Work by the Owner, whichever shall occur later.

ADD the following;

11.5 HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT


11.5 Contractor shall attach to each liability insurance policy with the exception of
Worker's Compensation, the following endorsement: 'Contractor shall save Owner
harmless from any and all claims, damages, liabilities, expenses of litigation, including
attorney's fees, and losses arising out of injury to, or death of, any of Contractor's
employees or any other person while on or about Owner's premises in connection with
any matters relating to or arising out of the performance of this Contract'.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor is at all times acting as an independent
contractor."

ADD the following

11.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-19
IFB# PSR-09-01
11.6.1 "All insurance provided pursuant to this Article shall be issued by companies
admitted within the Commonwealth of Virginia with a Best's Key Rating of at least
A:XII."

11.6.2 “If an 'ACORD' Insurance Certificate form is used by the Contractor's insurance
agent, the words, 'endeavor to' and '...but failure to mail such other notice shall impose no
obligation or liability of any kind upon the company.' in the 'Cancellation' paragraph of
the form shall be deleted."

11.6.3 “Contractor shall secure and maintain all insurance policies of its subcontractors
which shall be made available to the Owner on demand."

11.6.4 "If the Contractor fails to maintain the insurance required by the Contract
Documents, the Owner shall have the absolute right to terminate the Contract without any
further obligation to the Contractor or may purchase the required insurance and charge
the cost thereof to the Contractor."

11.6.5 "Nothing in this Paragraph shall be construed to shift the risk of loss or damage
from the Owner or the Contractor for damages which are not covered by any insurance
policy required by this Article to be purchased by either."

Article 12; Uncovering and Correction of Work

12.1.1 Change all references to "Architect" and “Architect’s” to "Owner" and “Owner’s”.

12.1.2 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK

12.2.1 In the first sentence change "Architect" to "Owner". Delete the second sentence in
its entirety and replace with: "The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such
rejected work."

12.2.2.1 Delete the last sentence.

12.2.2.1 ADD after last sentence: "The one-year guarantee period as defined above shall
not be decreased by any warranty or guarantee held by a subcontractor on materials or
equipment supplied."

ADD “12.2.2.2.1 If at any time deficiencies in the Work are discovered which are found
to have resulted from fraud or misrepresentation, or an intent or attempt to defraud the
Owner by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contractor shall be liable for
replacement or correction of such Work and any damages which Owner has incurred
related thereto, regardless of time limit of any guarantee or warranty."

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-20
IFB# PSR-09-01
Article 13; Miscellaneous Provisions

13.1 Omit “except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding
dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4.

13.5.1 In the third sentence change all references to "Architect" where it appears two
times to "Owner".

Delete Subparagraph 13.5.2 in its entirety and substitute the following:

13.5.2 If the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing, or
approval which Subparagraph 13.5.1 does not include, the Owner will instruct the
Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall
give notice as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.1. If such special inspection or testing
reveals a failure of the work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, otherwise the Owner shall bear such costs, and
an appropriate Change Order shall be issued.

13.5.3 Change "Architect’s" to "Owner’s".

13.5.4 Change "Architect" to "Owner".

Delete Subparagraph 13.5.5 in its entirety.

Article 14; Termination of the Contract

14.1.1.3 Change all references to "Architect" to "Owner".

14.1.3 Delete the words "and Architect".

14.1.4 Delete the words "and the Architect".

14.2.2 Delete the words "upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient
cause exists to justify such action".

14.2.4 In the third sentence delete the words ", shall be certified by the Initial Decision
Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment".

14.3 and 14.4 are deleted in its entirety and are replaced with the following:

14.3 Termination
14.3.1Subject to the provisions below, the Contract may be terminated by the Town of
Purcellville upon thirty (30) days advance written notice to the other party. If any work
or service hereunder is in progress, but not completed as of the date of termination, then

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-21
IFB# PSR-09-01
this contract may be extended upon written approval of the Town of Purcellville until
said work or services are completed and accepted.

14.3.2 Termination for Convenience


14.3.2.1 In the event that this Contract is terminated or canceled upon request and for the
convenience of the Town of Purcellville, without the required thirty (30) days advance
written notice, then the Town of Purcellville shall negotiate reasonable termination costs,
if applicable.

14.4 Termination for Cause


14.4.1Termination by the Town of Purcellville of for cause, default or negligence on the
part of the Contractor shall be excluded from the foregoing provision; termination costs,
if any, shall not apply. The thirty (30) days advance notice requirement is waived in the
event of Termination for Cause.

14.5 Termination Due to Unavailability of Funds in Succeeding Fiscal Years.


15.5.1When funds are not appropriated or otherwise made available to support
continuation of performance in a subsequent fiscal year, the Contract shall be canceled
and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for the reasonable value of any non-recurring
costs incurred but not amortized in the price of the supplies or services delivered under
the contract.

Delete Article 15 Claims and Disputes in it entirety and add the following

ARTICLE 15 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY


15.1 Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows:

A. During the performance of the Work described in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor agrees as follows:

1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, age,
disability, or other basis prohibited by state law relating to discrimination in
employment, except where there is a bona fide occupational qualification
reasonably necessary to the normal operation of the Contractor. The
Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and
applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
2. The Contractor, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed
by or on behalf of the Contractor, will state that such Contractor is an equal
opportunity employer.
3. Notices, advertisements and solicitations placed in accordance with federal
law, rule or regulation shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose of meeting
the requirements of this Paragraph 8.
4. The Contractor will include the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs a, b,
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
Sec. 6.0-22
IFB# PSR-09-01
and c in every subcontract or purchase order of over $10,000, so that the
provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.

B. During the performance of the Work described in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor agrees to:

1 provide a drug-free workplace for the Contractor’s employees;


2 post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for
employment, a statement notifying employees that the unlawful
manufacture, sale, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of a
controlled substance or marijuana is prohibited in the Contractor’s
workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees
for violations of such prohibition;
3 state in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on
behalf of the Contractor that the Contractor maintains a drug-free
workplace; and
4 include the provisions of the foregoing clauses in every subcontract or
purchase order of over $10,000, so that the provisions will be binding upon
each subcontractor or vendor.

END OF SECTION

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT


Sec. 6.0-23
IFB# PSR-09-01
SECTION 7.0

APPENDICES

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF WORK

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
Appendix A: Schedule of Work

Work shall be completed as outlined in the Time for Completion of Base Bid Work in Section
1.0, Instructions to Bidders: Tender/Bid Form.

Notice to Proceed - 04/14/10


Activities will occur in two major phases.

Phase 1 Geothermal field installation - 05/18/10 to 08/13/10


Work will proceed to face of building with geothermal lines properly
protected, all grades restored, all surfaces restored and the entire parking
lot will be reopened for use. There will be no interior work conducted
during Phase 1 as the Roller Rink will be occupied and in use.
Phase 1 Submittal duration – 04/15/10 to 05/15/10
Phase 1 Substantial Completion – 08/13/10
Phase 1 Final Completion - 08/14/10 to 08/17/10

No on site work will occur during the Babe Ruth event - 08/18/10 to 08/28/10

Phase 2 Remainder of work - 09/01/10 to 12/01/10


Phase 2 Submittal duration – 05/15/10 to 06/15/10
Phase 2 Substantial Completion – 12/01/10
Phase 2 Final completion - 12/02/10 to 12/17/10

Contractor shall provide a work schedule in the following format. Provide a work schedule in the
selected format.

[X] Bar chart schedule.

[ ] Critical path method schedule (CPM).

[ ] Cost loaded critical path method schedule.

[ ] Cost and resource loaded critical path method schedule.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
Appendix B: Bidders References

BIDDERS SHALL PROVIDE REFERENCES ON THIS FORM

1. Firm Name_____________________________________________________________
Contact________________________________________________________________
Title___________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address_________________________________________________________
Phone/Email____________________________________________________________

2. Firm Name_____________________________________________________________
Contact________________________________________________________________
Title___________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address_________________________________________________________
Phone/Email____________________________________________________________

3. Firm Name_____________________________________________________________
Contact________________________________________________________________
Title___________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address_________________________________________________________
Phone/Email____________________________________________________________

4. Firm Name_____________________________________________________________
Contact________________________________________________________________
Title___________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address_________________________________________________________
Phone/Email____________________________________________________________

5. Firm Name_____________________________________________________________
Contact________________________________________________________________
Title___________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address_________________________________________________________
Phone/Email____________________________________________________________

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-4
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix C: Addendum Acknowledgment

The undersigned bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda, and any required
adjustments have been included in the bid sum:

Addendum No. , dated __________________

Addendum No. , dated __________________

Addendum No. , dated __________________

Addendum No. , dated __________________

CONTRACTOR_____________________________________ (sign)

CONTRACTOR_____________________________________ (print)

FIRM NAME_______________________________________

ADDRESS__________________________________________

ADDRESS__________________________________________

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-5
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix D: Virginia Contractor’s License

Contractor to include a copy of their current Virginia Contractor’s License with their Bid
Submission.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-6
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix E: General Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of liens

TO: (Owner) CONTRACT FOR: CONSTRUCTION


Town of Purcellville CONTRACT DATE: _______________
130 East Main Street
Purcellville, Virginia 20132

PROJECT: Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations


State of: Virginia
County of: Loudoun

The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract
hereby certifies to the best of his knowledge information and belief that all subcontractors,
materialmen, suppliers, equipment suppliers or any other person or equity having claim on the
above project arising out of the performance of the Construction Contract have been paid or
satisfied in full, and the undersigned further holds the owner, heirs, or assigns harmless from
liens, claims or demands upon said project property forever, pursuant to the exception noted as
follows.
EXCEPTIONS: (if none, write "None") None.

This Affidavit of Release of Liens is conditioned upon receipt of $__________________ now


due and owing to General Contractor from said owner, heirs, and assigns and the signing of this
Affidavit is so conditioned for any and all claims arising hereto.

I (we) hereby declare all claims satisfied or paid in full as stated above.

By:______________________________________________________________
Attest: _______________________________________________________
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day________________, 20___.
Notary Public: _________________________________________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________________________
APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS
Sec. 7.0-7
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix F: Schedule of Proposed

Subcontract Value
Work to be as a
Work to be Percentage
Name Address Performed of Total Contract

The Tenderer shall state in the space provided above or on separate sheets the names of all
subcontractors he proposes to use together with any details of the nature and the scope of work to
be subcontracted including resumes of their key personnel.

Subcontractors proposed by Tenderer to perform any portion of the WORKS are subject to the
approval of OWNER meeting the construction document standards, maintaining insurance limits
and requirements as noted in the construction Documents.

Upon acceptance of his Tender, Contractor may not change any Subcontractor without the prior
written approval of the OWNER.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-8
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix G: Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, __________________________ of
_________________________ (hereinafter called the “Principal”), and ____________________
__________________, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
_________________, with its principal office in __________________, and authorized to do
business in the Commonwealth of Virginia as a surety (hereinafter called the “Surety”), are held
and firmly bound unto TOWN OF PURCELLVILLE (hereinafter called the “Obligee”) in the
full and just sum which is equal to 5% of the total amount of the Principal’s Bid (as that term is
defined below), as submitted to the Obligee (such total amount referred to herein as the “Total
Bid”), in good and lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid upon demand of the
Obligee, for the payment of such sum well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and
severally and firmly by these presents. The Total Bid is the aggregate amount (including
amounts set forth with respect to any and all Alternates) set forth on the Principal’s Bid Form for
performance of the work described below, as submitted to and maintained by the Obligee (such
Bid Form referred to herein as the “Bid”). The Surety hereby acknowledges and agrees that the
Bid shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Bid Bond to the same extent as if set
forth fully herein.

WHEREAS, the Principal intends to submit, or has submitted to the Obligee, a Bid for
the Principal to perform work for the Obligee, designated as:
_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

(hereinafter called the “Project”) and,

WHEREAS, the Principal desires to provide this Bid Bond in lieu of a certified check or
cash escrow otherwise required to accompany the Principal’s Bid.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT,


if the Bid be accepted by the Obligee, and if the Principal shall, within ten days after the date of
receipt of a written Notice of Award from the Obligee or any agency or department thereof, (i)
execute a Contract in accordance with the Bid and upon the terms, conditions and price set forth
therein, in the form and manner required by the Obligee, (ii) execute a sufficient and satisfactory
Performance Bond in the amount of 100% of the total Contract Sum and a sufficient and
satisfactory Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the total Contract Sum, each payable to the
Obligee, in a form and with a surety satisfactory to the Obligee, and (iii) provide the Obligee
with copies of all required insurance policies, then this obligation is to be void; otherwise this
APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS
Sec. 7.0-9
IFB# PSR-09-01
obligation shall be and remain in full force and in the event of the failure of any or all of the
foregoing requirements to be satisfied within the time period specified above, the Principal
immediately shall pay to the Obligee, upon demand, the lesser of: (a) the amount hereof and (b)
the difference between the Bid and the next low bid for the Project, in each case in good and
lawful money of the United States of America, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused this Bid Bond to be
signed and sealed by their duly authorized officers this _____ day of ____________, 200__.

(Seal)
________________________________
Principal
By: _________________________

Name: ___________________________

Title: _________________________
(Seal) ________________________________
Surety
By: _________________________,
Attorney-in-Fact (Attach
Copy of Power of Attorney)

Name: _________________________

Title: _________________________

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-10
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix H: Payment Bond

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE HERE PRESENT: that Name of Contractor:


___________________________________________________________
Address of Contractor: _____________________________________________________
(STREET, CITY, STATE) (ZIP CODE)
a (Corporation, Partnership or Individual), hereinafter called Principal, and (Name of
Surety)_________________________________________________________________,
(Address of Surety) _______________________________________________________,
(STREET, CITY, STATE) (ZIP CODE)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Town of Purcellville, 130
East Main Street, Purcellville, Virginia 20132, hereinafter called Owner, in the sum of
___________________________ dollars, ($____________) in lawful money of the
United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the ______ day of ___________________,
20____, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the:
Rehabilitation of Purcellville Roller Skating Rink
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or
modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, repairs on machinery,
equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work,
and all insurance premiums on said work and for all labor performed in such work
whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and effect.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract
or the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same
shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the
work or to the specifications.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-11
IFB# PSR-09-01
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ______________
counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this
the _____ day of _______________, 20____.

ATTEST: Principal:
Principal Secretary _________________________________

____________________________ By: ___________________________(s)


(SEAL)
Address: _________________________
Witness as to Principal __________________________________

____________________________
Notary Public Commission Expires:
Surety:
ATTEST: __________________________________

Surety Secretary: By: (Attorney in Fact)

____________________________
__________________________________

(SEAL) Address: _________________________


Witness as to Surety __________________________________

____________________________
Notary Public Commission Expires:

NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.


If Contractor is Partnership, all general partners should execute Bond.

IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury


Department's most current list (Circular 570, as amended) and be authorized to transact
business in Virginia. Powers of Attorney must be attached and valid through date of
Bond.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-12
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix I: Performance Bond

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE HERE PRESENT: that


Name of Contractor: _____________________________________________

Address of Contractor: __________________________________________


(STREET, CITY, STATE) (ZIP CODE)
a (Corporation, Partnership or Individual), hereinafter called Principal, and (Name of

Surety) _________________________________________________________________,

(Address of Surety) _______________________________________________________,


(STREET, CITY, STATE) (ZIP CODE)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Town of Purcellville, 130

East Main Street, Purcellville, Virginia 20132, hereinafter called Owner, in the sum of

_______________________________ dollars, ($____________) in lawful money of the

United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind

ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered
into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the ______ day of ___________________,
20____, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the:
Rehabilitation of Purcellville Roller Skating Rink
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall commence work well, truly and faithfully
perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of
said contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be
granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during one year guaranty
period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and
shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it
may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all
outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract
or the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same
shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the
work or to the specifications.
APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS
Sec. 7.0-13
IFB# PSR-09-01
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in ______________
counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this
the _____ day of _______________, 20____.

ATTEST: Principal:
Principal Secretary _____________________________

____________________________ By: ________________________(s)


(SEAL)

Address: _______________________

Witness as to Principal _______________________________

_____________________________
Notary Public Commission Expires:
Surety:

ATTEST: _______________________________

Surety Secretary: By: (Attorney in Fact)

____________________________ _______________________________

(SEAL) Address: ______________________

Witness as to Surety __________________________

____________________________
Notary Public Commission Expires:

NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Contractor is


Partnership, all general partners should execute Bond.

IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury


Department's most current list (Circular 570, as amended and be authorized to transact
business in Virginia. Powers of Attorney must be attached and valid through date of
Bond.

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-14
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix J: Notice of Award

To:

Project Description: Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations

The OWNER has considered the BID submitted by you for the above described work in
response to its Invitation for Bids dated February 23, 2010 and Information for Bidders.

You are hereby notified that your BID has been accepted in the amount of
$_______________________________.

You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the
required Contractor's Performance Bond, Payment Bond and Certificate of Insurance.

If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said bonds said OWNER will be
entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the OWNER'S acceptance of your Bid as
abandoned and as a forfeiture of the Bid Bond. The OWNER will be entitled to such
other rights as may be granted by law.

Dated this________ day of_________, 20____

OWNER: Town of Purcellville

BY: ________________________________________

TITLE: ________________________________________

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-15
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix K: Notice to Proceed

TO:

DATE: _______________________________

PROJECT: Purcellville Roller Skating Rink Alterations

You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Agreement dated
_______________________________________, 20____.

You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE TO PROCEED to the
OWNER.

OWNER: Town of Purcellville

BY: __________________________________

TITLE:__________________________________

ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE

Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED

is hereby acknowledged by ____________

______________________________________

this _____________________________ day of

______________________________________

BY: __________________________________
Contractor

TITLE: _______________________________

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-16
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix L: Change Order

Order No. _________________


Date: _____________________
Agreement Date: ____________

Name of Project: _________________________________


Owner: ___________________________________________
Contractor: ______________________________________

The following changes are hereby made to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

NOTE: This Change Order does not include changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time
or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change
Directives until the cost and time have been agreed upon by both the Owner and
Contractor, in which case a Change Order is executed to supersede the Construction
Change Directive.
ALSO NOTE that no fixed price Contract may be increased by more than 25% of the
amount of the Contract, or $50,000, whichever is greater, without advance written
approval of the Town Council, reference Section 2.2 - 4309.

Original Contract Price: $ _____________________

Current Contract Price adjusted by previous Change Order(s): $ __________________.

Contract Price due to this Change Order will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by
$ _____________________.

New Contract Price including this Change Order will be $__________________.

Current date for completion: ____________________ (date)

The Contract date for completion will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by


___________ calendar days.

The date for completion of all work will be _____________ (date).

The agreed upon Change order amount contained herein constitutes all costs associated
with this change including all impact and delay costs.

ACCEPTED BY: ________________________________


Town of Purcellville

ACCEPTED BY: _______________________________


Contractor
APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS
Sec. 7.0-17
IFB# PSR-09-01
Appendix M: Warranty Requirements

1.0 GENERAL

Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall sign the attached warranty prepared by
the Director of Public Works. The Work shall be warranted for a period of two
years from acceptance of the verified as-built records. These records shall be
referenced in the warranty and shall become a part of the warranty so repairs
under warranty can be located. The warranty shall assign the rights to materials
and manufacturer’s warranties to the Owner. Work shall be warranted against
failure and other defects in material and workmanship shall also be included in
the warranty.

PROJECT ACCEPTANCE LETTER AND WARRANTY

In accordance with the contract dated _______________________, and addenda


dated __________________between (Contractor)_______________________
and (Owner) Town of Purcellville for the above referenced project, an inspection
of this work has been conducted by Contractor. Work has been found to be
complete and in accordance with contract specifications. The warranty start date
shall commence ______________________and expire _____________________.

Attached are copies of applicable manufacturer’s warranties. Rights to materials


and manufacturer’s warranties are hereby assigned to the Owner. Work is
warranted against defective materials & workmanship and shall be replaced by
Contractor during Period of Warranty, upon notification by Owner and at no cost
to Owner.

PROJECT ACCEPTANCE LETTER AND WARRANTY

Project Name_______________________________________________________

Number: ________________________________________________________

Address: _________________________________________________________

Address: _________________________________________________________

Engineer: _______________________________________

Date: ________________

Project Identification: (Description of Work)

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-18
IFB# PSR-09-01
__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Attachments: (Drawings and other documents)

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Exception to Original Contract: List all or None - None

__________________________________________________________________
ACCEPTED BY:

__________________________________________________________________
ENGINEER (Representing the Owner)

_______________________________________________
Contractor

_______________________________________________
Address

_______________________________________________
Address

_______________________________________________
Contact Name & Title

_______________________________________________
Telephone Number Date

APPENDICES AND EXHIBITS


Sec. 7.0-19
IFB# PSR-09-01
SECTION 8.0

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-1
IFB# PSR-09-02
TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES AND SPECIFICATIONS

TOWN OF PURCELLVILLE
IN
LOUDOUN COUNTY, VIRGINIA

ORDINANCE NO. 06-04-01 PRESENTED: April 4, 2006


ADOPTED: November 14, 2006

AN ORDINANCE: AMENDING CHAPTER 86. VEGETATION; BY CREATING


SECTION 86-2 TREE CONSERVATION; OF THE TOWN CODE
OF THE TOWN OF PURCELLVILLE PURSUANT TO SECTION
10.1-1127.1 OF THE CODE OF VIRGINIA AND SECTION 15.2
THE CODE OF VIRGINIA

BE IT ENACTED AND ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE TOWN OF


PURCELLVILLE THAT CHAPTER 86 OF THE TOWN CODE OF THE TOWN OF
PURCELLVILLE IS HEREBY AMENDED BY ADDING A NEW SECTION 86-2 AND
RENUMBERING THE RESERVED SECTIONS AS FOLLOWS:

Chapter 86. VEGETATION

Section 86-1. Weeds and other foreign growth on vacant developed or undeveloped property.

Section 86-2. Tree Conservation

Section 86-2.3 Purpose.

The purpose of this section is to encourage the planting and proper care of trees throughout
the Town, to promote the preservation of existing trees and the replenishment of tree stock to the
maximum extent possible. These actions are intended to promote and contribute to the health,
safety and general welfare of the Town and its inhabitants by decreasing flooding, soil erosion,
air pollution and noise, by removing unsafe and hazardous conditions and by improving
aesthetics and quality of life.

Section 86-22 Definitions.

The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this section,
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly requires a different
TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS
Sec. 08-2
IFB# PSR-09-02
meaning:

Arborist or Urban Forester - A person trained in arboriculture, forestry, landscape


architecture, horticulture or related fields and experienced in the conservation and preservation of
trees.

Critical root zone (CRZ) – This is the root zone of the tree that extends out from the trunk to
the normal drip line and beyond. At a minimum, the CRZ is defined to be 1 foot per diameter
inch up to 1.5 feet per diameter inch depending on the species.

Diameter at breast height (dbh) – The diameter of a tree is determined by measuring the
circumference of the trunk at 4.5 feet above the ground or at breast height. In the case of multiple
trunks, the collective diameter of all trunks at 4.5 feet above grade will constitute this
measurement.

Drip Line – A line depicting the circumference of the spread of the tree.

Heritage tree - Any tree which has been individually designated by the Town Council to have
notable historic or cultural interest.

Memorial tree - Any tree which has been individually designated by the Town Council to be
a special commemorating memorial.

Park tree – Any tree, shrub or woody vegetation in an individually named public park and in
all public property owned by the town and to which the public has free access such as a park.

Private property – Any parcel of land, right-of-way or easement owned by a private entity.

Public property - Any parcel of land, right-of-way or easement owned by a public entity,
including but not limited to the Town of Purcellville, Loudoun County and the Northern Virginia
Regional Park Authority.

Silviculture - The management of forests or woodlands for the production of timber and other
wood products; i.e., growing trees as a crop.

Specimen tree – Any tree which has been individually designated by the Town Council to be
notable by virtue of its outstanding size and quality for its particular species.

Street tree – Any tree which has been individually designated by the Town Council and
which grows or is proposed to be grown in the street right-of-way, in a public tree planting
easement or on private property as authorized by the owner and placed or planted there by the
Town.
TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS
Sec. 08-3
IFB# PSR-09-02
Town Arborist – The Arborist or Urban Forester designated by the [Town Council] [Town
Manager].

Tree – A woody perennial plant having at least one well-defined stem or trunk and with a
diameter of 4 inches or more at a point 4.5 feet above ground. The Town Arborist/Tree and
Beautification Commission (or Town designee) shall have the right to determine whether any
specific woody plant shall be considered a tree or a shrub. Such determination shall be final and
not subject to appeal.

Tree and Beautification Commission – The commission established by Ordinance No. 04-09-
01 on November 9, 2004 with a majority of the members being residents of the town.

Tree topping - The severe cutting back of limbs to stubs to such a degree so as to remove the
normal canopy, injure and/or disfigure the tree.

Vision Clearance – The area included within the street that, if obstructed, will materially
impede the view of a driver of a vehicle approaching a street intersection.

Section 86-3.0 Plan for care of trees on public property

The Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission


(or Town designee) shall develop, update annually, and administer a management plan for the
care, preservation, pruning, planting, replanting, removal or disposition of trees and shrubs in
parks, along streets, and in other public property. The plan shall be submitted at the end of the
fiscal year to the Town Council.

The standards and specifications contained within the plan shall apply not only to work
performed by the Town but to private individuals and contractors as well.

Section 86-3.1 Listing of trees acceptable for planting (See Town of Purcellville Zoning
Ordinance)

The Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) shall develop,
maintain and update a listing of trees considered most desirable for planting along streets in the
following three size classes based on mature height:

Small (under 15 feet)


Medium (15 to 30 feet)
Large (over 30 feet)

A list of trees not suitable for planting shall also be developed and regularly reviewed and
updated by the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee). This

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-4
IFB# PSR-09-02
list will include, among others, trees considered to be invasive and those that are considered to be
water-seeking trees.

Section 86-3.2 Spacing between street trees

Street trees shall be planted no closer together than the following:

Small size class 25 feet


Medium size class 40 feet
Large size class 50 feet

An exception may be made to the above spacing for special plantings depending upon the
species, setting or purpose as authorized by the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification
Commission (or Town designee) and as described in the Town of Purcellville Zoning Ordinance.

Section 86 -3.3 Plantings near Curbs and Sidewalks (See Town of Purcellville Zoning
Ordinance)

Street trees may be planted no closer than 4 feet to any curb or sidewalk. An exception may
be made for special plantings if authorized by the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification
Commission (or Town designee).

Section 86-3.4 Plantings Near Street Corners and Fire Hydrants

No tree shall be planted near street corners or curbs in such a way as to obstruct visual
clearance in conformance with VDOT site clearance standards. No tree shall be planted within
10 feet of any fire hydrant.

Section 86-3.5 Plantings Near Overhead Utilities

No street tree shall be planted near overhead utilities other than those species included in the
Virginia Cooperative Extension publication 430-029.
An exception may be made for special plantings if authorized by the Town Arborist/Tree and
Beautification Commission (or Town designee).

Section 86-3.6 Pruning Street Trees by Utility Companies

Public utility companies shall notify the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission
(or Town designee) in writing prior to any pruning of any tree located on Town owned property
or within a Town easement for the purpose of maintaining safe line clearance. Such work shall be
performed in accordance with accepted arboricultural standards set forth by the International
Society of Arboriculture.

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-5
IFB# PSR-09-02
Section 86-4.0 Planting, Maintenance and Removal

The Town shall have the right to plant, maintain, and remove trees, plants and other woody
ornamentals or parts thereof on public property or within Town easements. The Town
Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) may remove or order to
remove any tree or part thereof which is in an unsafe condition, or which by reason of its nature
is injurious to, or limits access to sewers, fire hydrants, electric lines, or other utility lines (pipes),
or any other public improvements,
or is affected with any injurious disease, insect or condition.

This section does not prohibit the planting of street trees within the road right-of-way by
abutting property owners as a donation or contribution, provided the Town Arborist/Tree and
Beautification Commission (or Town designee) grants prior written approval. The selection and
location of said trees shall be in accordance with the provisions of this ordinance, the Town of
Purcellville Zoning Ordinance and any other applicable Town regulations.

The Town may also allow Right-of-Way (ROW) plantings provided the Town Arborist/Tree
and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) gives prior written permission. A written
request to install ROW plantings shall be addressed to the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification
Commission (or Town A tree management plan is required with site development plans and
subdivision applications as noted in the Town of Purcellville Zoning Ordinance.
designee).

Section 86-4.1 Tree Management Plan (to be included in Zoning Ordinance)

The Tree and Beautification Commission may serve in an advisory capacity to the Planning
Commission in the administration of the Town’s landscaping, screening and open space
regulations.

Section 86-4.2 Installation of Tree Lights

Prior written approval of the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town
designee) is required to install decorative lights in Town-owned trees on public property and such
lights may be installed only for periods which will not interfere with the proper growth and
maintenance of the trees. All lighting must fully comply with the Town of Purcellville Zoning
Ordinance outdoor lighting regulations. Effort should be made to install power at the time of
initial tree planting.

Section 86-4.3 Pruning of Privately Owned Trees

Every owner of any tree overhanging any public street or public right-of-way within the
Town shall prune the branches so that such branches shall not severely obstruct the light from
any street lamp or obstruct the view of any street intersection, and so that there shall be a clear

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-6
IFB# PSR-09-02
space of fourteen feet (14’) above street surface or eight (8’) above the sidewalk surface. Said
owners shall remove all dead or diseased trees or all broken and decayed limbs which constitute
an elevated risk to public safety.

In the event any such tree is not pruned or removed as required in this section, a Notice of
Intent to Prune shall be sent to the homeowner by certified mail. The homeowner will have 60
days from the date of such Notice to comply.

If compliance is not met within this time frame, the Town may perform the pruning and
charge the costs to the homeowner by presenting evidence of the costs incurred to the
homeowner. The homeowner shall then pay such costs within 60 days after the receipt of
evidence of such costs.

Section 86-4.4 Removal of Tree Stumps

Tree stumps located on public property shall be removed below the surface of the ground so
that the top of the stump shall not project above the existing grade.

Section. 86-5.0 Acts Harmful to Trees on Public Property.

(a) No person shall abuse, mutilate or otherwise damage any tree located on public property,
or any tree protected by Section 86-7.0 (below), including those street trees located along street
frontages within a subdivision. However, nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent
reasonable and proper trimming of trees located on public property by authorized persons in
accordance with accepted arboricultural standards set forth by the International Society of
Arboriculture.

(b) No person shall attach any sign, notice, placard, electrical wire or other injurious device
to any tree, nor shall any person cause any substance harmful to trees to come in contact with
them, or prevent water and oxygen from reaching their roots. The use of tree-climbing spikes is
prohibited except for removals or in emergencies.

(c) No person shall cover the ground with impervious material any closer to the trunk of a
tree than its drip line. This provision may be waived by the Town Arborist, Tree and
Beautification Commission (or Town designee) if it is determined that the proposed action will
not harm the tree.

(d) Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification
Commission (or Town designee), it shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person or firm
to top any tree on public property.

(e) Trees severely damaged by storms or other causes, or certain trees under utility wires or
other obstructions where other pruning practices are impractical, may be exempted from this

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-7
IFB# PSR-09-02
ordinance at the determination of the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or
Town designee).

Section 86-6.0. Diseased or Dangerous Trees on Private Property.

When the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) finds
that a tree growing on private property creates an elevated risk to the public safety or welfare,
s/he shall order the owner to remove the tree or otherwise eliminate the hazardous condition. If
the property owner fails to comply with such order within thirty (30) days of notification by
certified mail, or sooner if necessary to protect the public safety, the Town Arborist (or Town
designee) may enter the property, remove the tree or otherwise mitigate the hazardous condition,
and assess the cost thereof against the property owner.

Sec 86-7.0. Designation and Preservation of Special Trees.

This section shall regulate the preservation and removal of heritage, specimen,
memorial and street trees as specified in State Code section 10.1 -1127

(a) The designation of a tree as heritage, memorial, specimen or street, as defined in this
ordinance shall be recommended by the Town Arborist and approved by the Town Council
through adoption of this ordinance. No tree on private property shall be designated without the
express written consent of the property owner.

(b) This article does not apply to:

1. Work conducted on federal or state property;


2. Emergency work to protect life, limb or property;
3. Routine installation, maintenance and repair of cable and wires used to provide cable
television, electric, gas or telephone service;
4. Activities with minor effects on trees, including but not limited to home gardening
and landscaping of individual homes; and
5. Commercial silvicultural or horticultural activities including but not limited to
planting, managing, or harvesting forest or tree crops.

(c) If the application of this section results in any taking of private property for a public
purpose or use, the Town shall compensate by fee or other consideration the property owner for
such taking.

(d) In the event of such a taking, the provisions of Chapter 2 of Title 25.1 of the Code of
Virginia, revised, shall apply. However, it is the intent of the Town that the application of this
article shall not result in any taking of private property for public purposes without the express

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-8
IFB# PSR-09-02
written consent of the owner. To the extent that the owner’s express written consent grants the
Town any rights, that grant of rights is a gift.

(e) In deciding whether to designate trees, the Town shall consider planned land use by the
property owner and by the Purcellville Comprehensive Plan.

(f) Designation of a tree under this section does not obligate the Town to inspect, maintain,
or take any other action with regard to that tree.

(g) The Town will maintain a database of all designated trees.

Section 86-8.0 Education, Advice, and Assistance

(a) The Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) shall
educate the public on the benefits of tree designation and the monetary and non monetary value
of trees.

(b) The Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) shall
provide information on the care, preservation, maintenance and/or removal of trees specifically
designated as heritage, memorial or specimen trees to owners of the trees upon written request.

(c) The Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town designee) may
provide materials to property owners of designated trees for tree care, including fertilizer, soil
conditioners, and ecologically safe pesticides when available.

(d) Any site plan, subdivision plan, or zoning permit application that concerns a property
which has a designated tree, the Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town
designee) shall advise the property owner of its presence and suggest ways of preserving and
maintaining the designated tree. Additionally, the provisions contained in Code of Virginia,
Sections 15.2-960 and 15.2-961, as revised, shall apply.

[Upon reasonable notice, t]he Town Arborist/Tree and Beautification Commission (or Town
designee) may inspect designated trees from time to time for safety and maintenance. When the
Town Arborist conducts an inspection, s/he will give the owners of the property his/her written
findings and recommendations, if any, related to the designated trees.

86-9.0. Violations.

Violation of this ordinance shall constitute a civil offense and be subject to fines up to
$2500 for each violation. For purposes of this section, each tree removed or harmed without
meeting the provisions of this article shall constitute a separate offense.

86-10.0 Enforcement.

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-9
IFB# PSR-09-02
The Town Arborist/Tree Beautification Commission (or Town Designee) is hereby
charged with the responsibility for the enforcement of this ordinance.

86-11.0. Liability.

Nothing in this ordinance shall be deemed to impose any liability upon the Town, its
officers or employees, the Town Arborist, the Tree and Beautification Commission or its
members, nor to relieve the owner of any private property from the duty to keep any tree, shrub
or plant upon any street tree area on his property or under his control in such condition as to
prevent it from constituting a hazard or an impediment to travel or vision upon any street, park or
other public place within the Town.

86-12.0 Appeals.

Appeals from official actions taken in response to the provisions of this ordinance shall
be made to the Town Council. The procedure for such appeals shall be the same as that set forth
in the Ordinance for appeals from the Board of Architectural Review.

86.13.0 Severability.

Should any subsection, sentence, clause, provision or part of this section be held invalid
for any reason, the remainder of this section shall not be affected thereby, but shall remain in full
force and effect.

86.14.0 Effective Date.

This section is hereby declared to be in full force and effective from and after its passage
and publication as provided by law.

Section 86-15.0 thru 86-40. RESERVED

State law reference: 10.1-1127.1

PASSED THE 14th DAY OF NOVEMBER 2006

___________________________________
Robert W. Lazaro, Jr., Mayor
Town of Purcellville
ATTEST:
________________________________
Jennifer L. Moore, Clerk of Council

TREE PRESERVATION PROCEDURES & SPECIFICATIONS


Sec. 08-10
IFB# PSR-09-02
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01015 - BIDDING PROCESS

A. Bidding Documents

1. Bidding Documents are on file and may be examined at the office of the Director of Public
Works and Capital Projects, 130 E Main St, Purcellville, Virginia, 20132, as well as those plan
rooms listed in the Invitation to Bid.

2. The Owner, in making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does
so only for the purpose of obtaining bids on Work and does not confer a license or grant for
any other use.

3. Bidding documents include the following:

a) Invitation to Bid

b) Proposal Form

c) Specifications

d) Drawings

e) All Supplements and Addenda to the Bidding Documents issued

4. Bidders shall promptly review all Drawings, Details, Specifications, Addenda and the like to
assure completeness. If for any reason an item is missing from the transmitted list; the
Bidder shall so notify, in writing, the Owner who will assist in his receiving said item(s).
Missing item(s) shall not constitute grounds for modification of the Contract.

5. Supplements, Addenda, and any other material or information issued during the bidding
period, will be issued only to contractors and suppliers with deposits on file and in the
quantities of sets transmitted.

6. Access to Documents

6.1 During the performance of this Contract the successful Bidder/Contractor shall agree to
abide by all provisions of Paragraph 100.12, Town of Purcellville Purchasing Regulations,
that relate to access to documents.

B. Inspection of Site

1. Each bidder should visit the site of the proposed work and fully acquaint themselves with the
existing conditions relating to construction and labor, and should fully inform himself as to the
facilities involved, the difficulties, restrictions, and logical extensions of scope attending the
performance of the Contract. The Bidder should thoroughly examine and familiarize himself
with the Drawings, Technical Specifications and all other Contract Documents. The
Contractor, by the execution of the Contract, shall in no way be relieved of any obligation
under it because of his failure to receive or examine any form or document or to visit the site
and inform himself thoroughly regarding any and all conditions and requirements that may in
any manner affect the Work to be performed under the Contract. Lack of knowledge on the
part of the Contractor will in no way relieve him of the obligation and responsibilities assumed
under the Contract.

C. Interpretations and Addenda

BIDDING 01050 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Bidders shall promptly notify the Owner of all ambiguities, inconsistencies or errors which
they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents for each portion of the Project
and for descriptions of the site and local conditions. No oral interpretation will be made to any
bidder as to the meaning of the Contract Documents or any part thereof. Every request for
such an interpretation shall be made in writing to the Town of Purcellville at the address in the
Invitation to Bid.

2. Any inquiry received seven (7) or more business days prior to the date fixed for opening of
bids will be given consideration. Every interpretation made to a Bidder will be in the form of a
Supplement to the Contract Documents and, when issued, will be on file in all of the offices
where the Contract Documents are located, at least seven (7) business days before bids are
due.

In addition, all Supplements will be mailed to each firm to whom Contract Documents have
been issued, but it shall be the Bidder's responsibility to make inquiry as to, and to obtain, the
Supplements issued, if any. All such Supplements and Addenda shall be listed in the Bid
Form in the space provided and shall become part of the Contract. Each bidder shall be
bound by such Supplements, whether or not received by the Bidder. Only a written
interpretation or correction by Supplement issued by the Owner will be binding.

D. Post Bid Information

1. Unless waived by the Owner, the successful Bidder shall, within fifteen (15) days of
notification of selection for the award of a contract for the Work, submits the following
information to the Owner.

a) The percentage of the Work to be performed by the Bidder with his own forces.

b) The proprietary names and the suppliers of principal items or systems of material and
equipment proposed for the Work.

c) A list of names of the Subcontractors or other persons or organizations, including


those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design and/or
those who are to provide inspection and testing services, proposed for the principal
portions of the Work.

2. After award of the Contract, the successful Bidder will be notified by the Owner whether he,
after due investigation, has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or
organization on such list. If such an objection is expressed and if the Owner refuses, in
writing, to accept such person or organization, the bidder may submit an acceptable
substitute Subcontractor with an increase or decrease in his bid price to cover the difference
in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may, at his discretion, accept the
revised bid price or he may disqualify the Bidder. In the event of disqualification under this
subparagraph, bid security will not be forfeited.

3. Subcontractors and other persons and organizations proposed by the Bidder and accepted
by the Owner, must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and accepted and
shall not be changed except with the written approval of the Owner.

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Owner reserves the right to
remove or cause to be removed from the Project, any employee of the Contractor or his
contractors, whenever the Owner deems, in his sole discretion, such action to be in the best
interest of the Project.

BIDDING 01050 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Technical Specifications

1. The Technical Specifications contained in the Project Specifications (hereinafter referred to


as "Specifications"), are arranged, numbered and titled in conformance with The Construction
Specification Institute (CSI).

2. Where compliance with two (2) or more sets of requirements is specified, and overlapping of
those requirements establishes two different levels or minimums for a particular quality, the
more stringent level will be enforced; this is generally the more costly of the two levels. Refer
instances of different but equal requirements to the engineer through the Owner for decision.
Refer instances of uncertainty as to which of two levels of quality is more stringent to the
Engineer through the Owner for decision.

F. Substitutions

1. The materials, products and equipment described or named in the Bidding Documents
establish a standard, required function, dimension, appearance and/or quality to be met by
any proposed substitution. Each bid shall be based upon the materials and equipment
described or named in the bidding documents. Where systems or products are designated in
the Specifications or on the Drawings by reference to trade names, manufacturer's names,
model numbers, catalog numbers, etc., the bid shall be based on the specific system or
products so designated and the Contract will be awarded on that basis. The foregoing
applies regardless of whether the listing of manufacturer's and/or products in the
specifications is prefaced by phrases such as "equal to", "such as" or the like. The listing of
manufacturers' names or proprietary projects in the Specifications does not, however, imply
Engineer's approval of deviations from specification requirements.

2. Request for substitutions will be considered only during the bidding period when the proposed
substitute will offer better service, more advantageous delivery date, or lesser price, with full
credit to the Owner, without sacrificing quality, appearance or function. No substitution will be
considered unless written request for approval has been submitted by the bidder to the
Owner prior to 7 business days before the bid opening date. No substitutions will be
accepted after the deadline established above.

3. Each substitution request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is
to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawing,
cuts, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A
statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation
of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the
proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Engineer's decision of approval or
disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final and it shall be understood that approval
or rejection is in no way endorsement or derogation of the product.

4. If the Engineer approves any proposed substitution, such approval will be set forth in an
Addendum issued by the Owner. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other
manner.

G. Safety Requirements

All Contractors will be required to comply with the provisions of the "Construction Safety Act"
and the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970". The
Contractor shall submit to the Owner a site specific written safety program, for approval. This
program shall adhere to all applicable Federal, State, local and project requirements.

BIDDING 01050 - 3
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

H. Unit Prices

1. Unit prices, if requested in the Proposal Form shall be used, where applicable, to make
adjustments to the cost of the Work of the Contract due to changes to the Work required by
the drawings and Specifications. The prices shall be predicated upon the materials, methods
and standards of quality set forth in the Specifications. Unit prices submitted shall be
reasonably within the range of current pricing in the region, and acceptable to the Owner for
complete in-place work. Unit prices shall include all cost for overhead, profit, all applicable
Federal, State, Municipal or local taxes, labor, materials, equipment, or any other incidentals
related to the completion of the Work.

I. The Contractor shall prepare a Material Status Report not later than (10) calendar days after the
project schedule is approved. The report shall include a complete list of suppliers, items to be
purchased from them, the fabricator and/or manufacturer, time required and the promised delivery
dates for each item. This report shall be updated and submitted with the payment requisition
monthly or as requested by the Owners representative.

J. Soil testing to be performed by an independent testing laboratory under direct contract with the
Owner.

END OF SECTION 01050

BIDDING 01050 - 4
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Work covered by the Contract Documents.


2. Type of the Contract.
3. Owner's occupancy requirements.
4. Specification formats and conventions.

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Project Identification: Purcellville Roller Rink Repair

1. Project Location: 250 South Nursery Avenue, Purcellville, VA 20132

B. Owner: Town of Purcellville

C. Project Administrator: Town of Purcellville Public Works

1. Contact: Mr. Samer S. Beidas, P.E., C.C.M.


Director of Public Works
130 East Main Street, Purcellville, VA 20132

D. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated February 21, 2010 were prepared for
the Project by Shaffer, Wilson, Sarver, and Gray, PC., 1821 Michael Faraday Drive, Suite 302,
Reston, VA 20190

E. The Work includes but is not limited to alteration of existing toilet rooms, addition of new
mechanical room and areas for mechanical equipment, replacing existing mechanical system
with new geothermal mechanical system, installation of new sprinkler system, replacing existing
water service with larger service, installation of rolling counter door, replacing existing stage
stair with new one and refinishing interior surfaces.

1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT

A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

SUMMARY 01100 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.5 USE OF PREMISES

A. General: Contractor shall have full use of the areas within the scope of the project for
construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only
by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.

1.6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy
and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial
Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such
placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of
the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner
occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, electrical systems shall be fully operational, and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner
will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of
building.

1.7 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the
16-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
1. Division 1: Sections in Division 1 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the
Specifications.

1.8 WORK HOURS

A. All work on this project shall be conducted between the hours of 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM M-F.
Additional hours after 5:00 PM M-F and on weekends will be considered, provided the
Contractor complies with the Town ordnance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01100

SUMMARY 01100 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01110 – GENERAL

Contractor and Subcontractors shall review, check, and verify all dimensions and details on the drawings
for correctness and conformance with the specifications, in advance of proceeding with all phases of the
Work. Any variations and/or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Owner for resolution in
advance of proceeding with the Work.

All work shall be in accordance with applicable VDOT County, IEBC, Virginia USBC, UL codes and ordin-
ances, all other applicable codes, and the 2007 edition of AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of
the Contract for Construction." All materials and equipment shall be selected and installed in strict accor-
dance with the Plans and Specifications, and the manufacturer's recommendations.

The procurement of all other permits and inspections associated with this job will be the responsibility of
the General Contractor, as well as all fees for permits and inspections.

General Applicability of Standards: Applicable standards of construction industry have same force and
effect (and are made a part of contract documents by reference) as if set forth directly in the contract
documents, or as if published copies were bound herewith.

Reference standards: For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade or Federal Stan-
dards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or
are required by applicable codes.

Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents.

Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarifica-
tion from Owner before proceeding.

The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the
Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.

Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, the Contractor immediately upon receipt
shall submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settle-
ments, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence and
records established in conjunction with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work.

Working hours: All work hours shall conform to the requirements of the Town’s noise ordinance and re-
strictions on work within the right-of-way.

Utility locations: Contractor shall confirm location of all utilities that may impact work and shall coordinate
with Miss Utility to mark/identify all utility locations prior to start of work and or a third party location
service.

Coordinating: Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and coordinating all aspects of work.

Tree Protection: Tree protection, limits of clearing & grading, specific vegetation to be removed shall be
confirmed in field by the Town Arborist prior to start of work and Section 8.0 Tree Preservation
Procedures & Specifications.

Traffic Regulations: Procedures described in Virginia Department of Transportation Specifications, Sec-


tion 105 shall be followed as if herein specified. Traffic control must be coordinated in advance, minimum
of three (3) working days with Director of Public Works, and Police Department. This requirement applies
to all emergency egress routes.

GENERAL 01110 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Progress Meetings, Reporting: In addition to specific coordination meetings for each element of work,
and other regular project meetings for other purposes, the Contractor shall hold general progress meet-
ings (one per month) prior to the pay request. The pay request shall be submitted on the 25th of the
month.

Payment Requests: Except as otherwise indicated, sequence of progress payments is to be regular, and
each must be consistent with previous applications and payments. It is recognized that certain applica-
tions involve extra requirements, including initial application, application at times of substantial comple-
tion, and final payment application.

Payment Application Times: The "date" for each progress payment is as indicated in Owner-Contractor
Agreement. The period of construction work covered by each payment request is the period indicated in
Owner-Contractor Agreement.

Payment Application Forms: The Contractor shall obtain and use AIA Document G702 and Continuation
Sheets; available from Publications Div., The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue,
NW, Washington, DC 20006 (also available at most local AIA Chapter offices) for all payment applica-
tions.

Initial Payment Application: The principal administration actions and submittals which must precede by
ten (10) working days and coincide with first payment application can be summarized as follows, but not
necessarily by way of limitation.

Listing of subcontractors and principal suppliers and fabricators.

Schedule of values.

Progress schedule (preliminary if not final).

Listing of contractor's staff assignments and principal consultants.

Copies of acquired building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing au-
thorities for current performance of the work as required.

Application at Time of Substantial Completion: A "special" payment application must be prepared and
submitted by the Contractor. The principal administrative actions and submittals which must proceed or
coincide with such special applications can be summarized as follows, but not necessarily by way of limi-
tation:

Final Acceptance and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities assuring Own-
er's full access and use of completed work, specifically use of the building, sanitary sewer and
waterline.

Warranties, guarantees, maintenance agreements, similar provisions of contract documents.

Maintenance instructions, meter readings and similar changeover information germane to Own-
er's occupancy, use, operation and maintenance of completed work.

Final cleaning of the work.

Listing of Contractor's incomplete work in the form of a "punch list" with a schedule for comple-
tion.

Final Payment Application: The administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide
with submittal of final payment, excluding retention, application can be summarized as follows, but not
necessarily by way of limitation:

GENERAL 01110 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Completion of project close-out requirements.

Completion of items specified for completion beyond time of substantial completion (regardless of
whether special payment application was previously made).

Submit certifications that construction has been completed in accordance with local code re-
quirements from all agencies having jurisdiction as provided by law.

Proof, satisfactory to Owner, that taxes, fees and similar obligations of Contractor have been
paid.

Removal of temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.

Provide notarized copies of warranties. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors,
suppliers and manufacturers.

Provide all Lien releases.

Inspections, Tests, and Reports: Required inspection and testing services are intended to assist in de-
termination of probable compliances of the work with requirements, but do not relieve Contractor of re-
sponsibility for those compliances, or for general fulfillment of requirements of Contract Documents. Spe-
cified inspections and tests are not intended to limit Contractor's quality control program. The Contractor
shall afford reasonable access to agencies performing tests and inspections.

Qualification of Testing Agencies: Except as otherwise indicated and except where manufacturer's test-
ing facilities are indicated as acceptable, the Owner shall engage independent testing laboratories specia-
lizing in required services and complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification" by ACIL.

Reports: The Contractor shall submit test/inspection reports, including testing agency's analysis of results
and recommendations where applicable in duplicate to Owner except as otherwise indicated, and submit
copies directly to governing authorities where required or requested.

Cutting and Patching: The Contractor shall not cut-and-patch operational elements and safety-related
components in a manner resulting in reduction of capacities to perform in manner intended or resulting in
decreased operational life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety. The Contractor shall remove
and replace work judged by Owner to be cut-and-patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

Materials: The Contractor shall except as otherwise indicated or approved by Owner, provide materials
for cutting-and-patching which will result in equal-or-better work than work being cut-and-patched; in
terms of performance characteristics and including visual effect where applicable. The Contractor shall
use materials identical with original materials where feasible and where recognized by the Owner that
satisfactory results can be produced thereby.

General Submittal Requirements: The Contractor shall coordinate preparation and processing of submit-
tals with performance of the work so that work will not be delayed by submittals. The Contractor shall
coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for same work, and for interfacing units of
work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination with another.

Submittal Certification: The Contractor shall review all submittals and drawings before submission to
Owner, the Contractor shall make necessary corrections, and certify that each submittal and drawing has
met the specification requirements and all dimensions, conditions, and quantities are verified as shown
and/or corrected on the drawing. This certification shall be signed by an authorized representative for the
General Contractor.

GENERAL 01110 - 3
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Corrections: If Owner's correction or absence of correction on a submittal or shop drawing or sample in-
volves work which Contractor considers an extra to contract, such correction or lack of correction shall not
be construed as an order for extra or additional work. In this event, the Contractor shall submit a claim as
provided in Article 12 of General Conditions, prior to proceeding with the work in question.
Submittal: The Contractor shall submit 3 prints or copies, plus 2 additional prints or copies where re-
quired for maintenance manuals; plus number of prints or copies needed for distribution to others; 3 prints
or copies will be retained by the Owner and remainder will be returned to the Contractor.

Guarantees: Upon completion of the Work prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divi-
sions of specifications shall be properly executed in duplicate by Subcontractors and submitted to the
Contractor who shall submit them to the Owner. Where separate guarantees for certain portions of work
are for periods greater than one year, the General Contractor's guarantee shall extend to cover such
longer periods.

The Contractor shall submit guarantee covering entire project for one year. This guarantee shall com-
mence on the day all close-out requirements, including punch list, have been satisfied. The guarantee
shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:

1. Guarantee all work shown on drawings and specified with approved modifications as fol-
lows:

A. Against faulty or imperfect material or workmanship.

B. That the work shall be entirely watertight and leak proof.

C. That all mechanical devices and equipment shall operate satisfactory with ordinary
care and shall perform their specified or intended functions.

2. Contractor shall replace, correct, or repair any work found to be imperfect, improper, not
watertight, not leak proof or which does not operate satisfactorily or perform as specified,
at no expense of the Owner.

3. In the event of such required correction, Contractor shall make good all damage to other
work caused by such corrective measures.

4. Contractor shall also comply with all other guarantees stipulated elsewhere in the specifi-
cations.

5. Neither final payment, final certificate, nor any provision of Contract Documents, relieves
the Contractor from their responsibilities under this guarantee.

6. If at any time, deficiencies in the work are discovered which result from a deliberate at-
tempt to defraud the Owner, the Contractor will be held liable for replacement or correc-
tion, regardless of the time limit on the guarantee.

As-built Drawings: Contractor shall provide the Owner with a complete set of As-built Drawings indicating
final location and elevations of all features of the project obscured from view to include, but not be limited
to, the sanitary sewer lines, elevations of structures and inverts, and the location and elevation of water-
line.

Surveyor: The Contractor shall engage a land surveyor or professional engineer experienced and specia-
lizing in land survey work, who is registered in the state where the project is located, to perform those
services specified in this article.

Survey Procedures: Before proceeding with the layout of actual work, the Contractor shall verify the
layout information shown on the drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing bench marks.

GENERAL 01110 - 4
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

As work proceeds, the Contractor shall check every major element for line, level and plumb. The Con-
tractor shall maintain a surveyor's log or record book of such checks; make this log or record book availa-
ble for the Owner's reference. The Contractor shall record deviations from required lines and levels, and
advise the Owner promptly upon detection of deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerance.
The Contractor shall record deviations which are accepted, and not corrected, on record drawings.

Final Property Survey: Before substantial completion, the Contractor shall prepare a final as-built survey
showing significant features (real property) that have resulted from construction of the project. Including
on the survey a certification, signed by the surveyor, to the effect that principle lines and levels of the
project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.

Submit one (1) reproducible sepia mylar, one (1) electronic and two (2) black line prints of final
property survey to the Owner.

END OF SECTION 01110

GENERAL 01110 - 5
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents.

1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate


work of the alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing,
of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred
for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification


Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

ALTERNATES 01230 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Deduct alternate No. One (1): Installing new 4” diameter sprinkler main and system instead of 6”
diameter sprinkler and system as the base bid. The work includes all site, plumbing and other
associated work pertaining to sprinkler system.

END OF SECTION 01230

ALTERNATES 01230 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE


CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed
in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements required for handling
Change Orders including, but not limited to:

1. Preliminary procedures.

2. Documentation of proposals and claims.

3. Preparation of Change Orders.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Spe-
cification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to:

1. Agreement: Amounts of established unit prices.

2. Conditions of the Contract: Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting


from changes in Work made on time and material basis, and Contractor's claims for
additional costs.

3. Section 01290, PAYMENT PROCEDURES.

4. Section 01770, CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Change Order; reference Section 7.0 of the IFB.

B. Construction Change Directive: Written order to Contractor, signed by Owner and Architect
to amend Contract Documents as described, and directs Contractor to proceed at once with
change that affects Contract Sum or Contract Time, for inclusion in subsequent Change
Order.

1.04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES

A. Only the Owner may initiate change by submitting Proposal Request to Contractor. Re-
quest will include:

1. Detailed description of Change, Products, and location of change in Project.

2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications.

3. Projected time span for making change, and specific statement as to whether over-
time work is, or is not, authorized.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

4. Specific period of time during which requested price will be considered valid.

5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute changes,
nor to stop Work in progress.

B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting written notice to the Owner containing:

1. Description of proposed changes.

2. Statement of reason for making changes.

3. State of effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time.

4. Statement of effect on work of separate contractors.

5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appro-


priate.

1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Instead of Proposal Request, Owner may issue Construction Change Directive for Contrac-
tor to proceed with change for subsequent inclusion in Change Order.

B. Directive will describe change in Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of
revised Contract Documents to define details of change, and will designate method of de-
termining any change in Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time.

C. The Owner will prepare the Construction Change Directive.

D. Once authorized by Owner, the Contractor shall sign and date Construction Change Direc-
tive to indicate agreement with terms therein and return two signed copies to Architect and
Owner.

1.06 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS

A. Support each quotation for lump-sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not pre-
viously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Owner to evaluate quo-
tation.

B. Upon request, contractor, to provide additional data to support time and cost computations
including, but not limited to:

1. Labor required.

2. Equipment required.

3. Products required including recommended source of purchase and unit cost, and
quantities required.
4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.

5. Credit for work deleted from Contract similarly documented.

6. Overhead and profit.

7. Justification for any change in Contract Time.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on time-and-material/force ac-
count basis, with documentation as required for lump-sum proposal, plus additional infor-
mation:

1. Name of Owner's authorized agent who ordered work, and date of order.

2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.

3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid.

4. Receipts and invoices for:

a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.

b. Products used, listing quantities.

c. Subcontracts.

D. Document requests for substitutions for Products.

1.07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS

A. Owner will prepare each Change Order.

B. Form: Change Order, reference Section 7.0 of the IFB.

C. Change Order will describe changes in Work, both additions and deletions, with attach-
ments of revised Contract Documents to define details of change.

D. The maximum mark up for overhead and profit shall be 10% of materials, rental equipment
and labor. A contractor may mark up a subcontractor’s proposal a maximum of 5%.

1.08 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either:

1. Architect’s Proposal Request and Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually


agreed between Owner and Contractor.

2. Contractor's Proposal for change, as recommended by Architect.

B. Owner and Architect will sign and date Change Order as authorized for Contractor to pro-
ceed with changes.

C. Contractor shall sign and date Change Order to indicate agreement with terms therein.

D. No fixed price contract may be increased more than 25% of the amount of the contract or
$50,000, whichever is greater, without advance written approval of the Town Council, refer-
ence Section 2.2 – 4309.

1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either:

1. Architect’s definition of scope of required changes.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Contractor's Proposal for change, as recommended by Architect.

3. Survey of completed Work.

B. Amounts of unit prices shall be:

1. Those stated in Agreement.

2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor.

C. When quantities of each items affected by Change Order can be determined prior to start of
Work:

1. Owner and Architect will sign and date Change Order as authorized for Contractor to
proceed with changes.

2. Contractor shall sign and date Change Order to indicate agreement with terms there-
in.

D. When quantities of items cannot be determined prior to start of Work:

1. Owner will issue Construction Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with
change on basis of unit prices, and will cite applicable unit prices.

2. At completion of change, Architect and Owner will determine cost of such work
based on unit prices and quantities used.

a. Contractor shall submit documentation to establish number of units of each


item and any claims for change in Contract Time.

3. Architect will sign and date Change Order to establish change in Contract Sum and
in Contract Time.

4. Owner and Contractor will sign and date Change Order to indicate their agreement
with terms therein.

1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE


DIRECTIVE

A. Owner will issue Construction Change Directive directing Contractor to proceed with
changes.

B. At completion of change, Contractor shall submit itemized accounting and supporting data
as provided in this Section.

C. Owner will determine allowable cost of such work.

D. Architect will sign and date Change Order to establish change in Contract Sum and in Con-
tract Time.

E. Owner and Contractor will sign and date Change Order to indicate their agreement there-
with.

F, Owner or Owner’s representative to review and sign time and material tickets.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS

A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for


Payment Forms to record each change as separate item of Work, and to record adjusted
Contract Sum.

B. Periodically revise Construction Progress Schedule to reflect each change in Contract


Time. Revise sub-schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by changes.

C. Upon completion of work under Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Docu-
ments.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION 01250

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and
handling Change Orders.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted
from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by
the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are
specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use
of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an
independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each
unit price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

A. Unit Price No. 1 – Rock excavation:

1. Description: Provide a unit price for rock excavation and disposal. Reference section
02300 Earthwork for description of rock.

2. Unit of Measurement: Rock shall be measured in place prior to excavation.

END OF SECTION 01270

UNIT PRICES 01270 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE


CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed
in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submitting:

1. Schedule of values.

2. Applications for Payment.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Spe-
cification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to:

1. AGREEMENT; Contract Agreement between Owner and Contractor.

2. GENERAL CONDITIONS and MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS;


Progress Payments, Retainages, Final Payment, etc.

3. Section 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES; Final Payment.

4. Division 1 Section “Contract Modification Procedures” for administrative procedures


for handling changes to the Contract.

1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Timing: Submit Schedule of Values allocated to various portions of Work within ten days
after award of Contract. Line items on Schedule of Values must correlate with the activities
on the detailed progress schedule.

B. When requested by Owner, submit substantiating data supporting values submitted.

C. Intent: Unless objections are stated by Owner, Schedule of Values will be used as basis for
Contractor's Applications for Payment.

D. Form and Content of Schedule of Values: Type schedule on 8½ in. x 11 in. white paper or
AIA G703 form. Identify schedule with title of Project and location, Architect's project num-
ber, name and address of Architect, name and address of Contractor, Contract designation,
and date of submission.

1. Line Item Categories: Follow Table of Contents of Project Manual for major category
items.

2. List installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve as basis
for computing values for progress payments during construction.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Sub-Values: For each major line item, list sub-values of major products or operations under
item.

F. Overhead and Profit: For various portions of Work, include directly proportional amount of
Contractor's overhead and profit.

G. Stored Material: For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored mate-
rials, break down value into sub-values:

1. Cost of material, delivered and unloaded at Project Site, with taxes paid.

2. Installation cost including overhead and profit.

H. Sum of values listed in schedule shall equal total Contract Sum.

1.04 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

A. Format: Submit itemized applications typed on AIA Document G702, Application and Cer-
tificate for payment, and continuation sheets G703 or approved equal.

B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet. Format, schedules, line items and values
shall match those of Schedule of Values accepted by Owner.

C. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
submittal of initial application for payment, including:

1. List of subcontractors, suppliers, and fabricators.

2. Schedule of values.

3. Progress schedule.

4. Listing of Contractor’s staff assignments and principal Consultants.

5. Submittal schedule.

6. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for perfor-
mance of the Work.

7. Performance and payment bonds.

8. Unit price schedule (if required).

9. Certificate of Insurance

D. Preparation of Application for Payment: Execute each Application for Payment consistent
with previous applications and payments certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. Pro-
vide partial lien waivers for Work in progress, and full lien waivers for completed Work.

Fill in required information, including Change Orders information executed prior to date of
submittal of this application. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals
indicated on continuation sheets.

Execute certification with signature of responsible officer of Contractor firm. Fill out contin-
uation sheet as follows:

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Fill in total list of scheduled component items of Work, with item number and sche-
duled dollar value for each item.

2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been
performed or products stored. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified for
Schedule of Values.

3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission at end of continuation
sheets. List by Change Order Number and description, as if an original item of work.

E. Substantiating Data for Progress Payments: When Owner or Architect requires substantiat-
ing data; submit suitable information with cover letter, identifying Project name, Architect’s
Project number, Application number, date, and detailed list of enclosures. Submit one copy
of data and cover letter for each copy of application.

1. For stored products, identify item number and identification as shown on application
along with description of specific material.

F. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of Certificate of


Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. Show on this Application for
Payment any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner
Occupancy of portions of Work. Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
submittal of this Application for Payment include:

1. Occupancy permits.

2. Warranties.

3. Test/adjust/balance records.

4. Maintenance instructions.

5. Meter readings.

6. Final cleaning.

7. Consent of surety.

8. Notification of shifting insurance coverage’s.

9. Final progress photographs.

10. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect’s Certificate of Sub-


stantial Completion.

11. Warranty Bond against release of retention.

G. Preparation of Final Application for Payment (excluding retention): Fill in Application form
as specified for progress payments. Use continuation sheet for presenting final statement
of accounting as specified in Section 01700, CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. Administrative ac-
tions and submittals that must precede submittal of final Application for Payment include:

1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.

2. Completion of incomplete Work.

3. Assurances that unsettled claims will be settled.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

4. Transmittal of Project record documents to Owner.

5. Certified property survey transmitted to Owner.

6. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations have been paid.

7. Removal of temporary facilities and services.

8. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.

H. Submittal Procedure: Submit Application for Payment to Owners or Owner’s representative


at intervals stipulated in Agreement, and as follows:

1. Number of Copies: Five copies of each Application.

2. When Architect finds application properly completed and correct, he will transmit
Certificate for Payment to Owner, with copy to Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION 01290

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on


Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordination Drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).

B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility


will be assigned to a specific contractor.

C. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
4. Division 1 Section “Project Meetings” for administrative and procedural requirements for
project meetings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking information, interpretation or clarification of the Contract
Documents.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in all Sections of the Specifications


to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction
operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,
connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to


ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.
5. The CONTRACTOR providing services on the project shall be responsible for
coordinating the completion of work between the prime CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER’S CONTRACTORS, including a contractor who will perform lead-paint
abatement and archaeologists who will test the soil prior to grade-disturbing activities.
Additionally, Archaeologists shall test the soil beneath the front entrance slab and at the
rear ADA ramp location after demolition of the slab and existing ramp, but prior to any
new construction.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees
at meetings.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative


procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of
the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.


2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre-installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials
that are designated as Owner's property.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of key personnel
assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site.
Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers,
including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

1.6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL

A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory


personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.

1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.7 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)

A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents,
and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the
form specified.

1. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will
be returned with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's
work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the
following:

1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Contractor.
4. Name of Architect.
5. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10. Contractor's signature.
11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,
Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing
interpretation.

a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,


thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,
assemblies, and attachments.

C. Hard-Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A.

1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.

D. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as


indicated above.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.

E. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it.
Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m.
will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals.


b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect's time for response will start again.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within three days of receipt of the RFI
response.

F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response
to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within three days if Contractor
disagrees with response.

G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly. Include the following:

1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01310

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01311 – PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE


CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed
in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, in-
cluding but not limited to:

1. Pre-construction Meeting.

2. Pre-installation Conference.

3. Progress Meetings.

4. Coordination Meetings.

5. Special Meetings.

B. Representatives of contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers attending meetings shall be


qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.

C. Architect may attend meetings to ascertain that Work is expedited consistent with Contract
Documents and construction schedules.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect Work of this Section. Other
Specification Sections that relate directly to Work of this Section include, but are not limited
to:

1. Reference General Conditions

2. SECTION 01770, CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.

3. Division 1 Section “Construction Progress Documentation” for preparing and


submitting Contractor’s Construction Schedule.

1.03 PROJECT MEETINGS, GENERAL

A. Agendas: The Owner shall prepare agendas for Project Meetings.

B. Owner shall preside at Project Meetings.

E. Minutes: Record minutes of Project Meetings, including significant procedures and deci-
sions.

F. Distribution of Minutes: Reproduce and distribute copies of Project Meeting minutes within
three working days after each meeting to participants of meeting, to parties affected by de-

PROJECT MEETINGS 01311 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

cisions made at meetings, and to Architect. Contractor shall not make any claim for delay
as a result of distribution of meeting minutes.

1.04 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. Schedule within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed.

B. Location: designated by Owner.

C. Attendance: Require and notify following to attend:

1. Owner's Representatives.

2. Architect and his Professional Consultants.

3. Resident Project Representative.

4. Contractor's Superintendent.

5. Major Subcontractors.

6. Major suppliers.

7. Others as appropriate.

D. Suggested Agenda:

1. Discussion of major subcontractors and suppliers.

2. Projected Construction Progress Schedules.

3. Critical Work sequencing.

4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.

5. Project Coordination, including designation of responsible personnel.

6. Procedures and processing of:

a. Field decisions.

b. Proposal Requests.

c. Submittals.

d. Change Orders.

e. Application for Payment

7. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.

8. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents

9. Use of premises:

a. Office, Work, and storage areas.

PROJECT MEETINGS 01311 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

b. Owner's requirements.

10. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids.

11. Temporary utilities.

12. Maintenance of Traffic and Detours

13. Safety and first-aid procedures.

14. Security procedures.

15. Housekeeping procedures.

1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES

A. Conduct pre-installation conferences at site prior to construction activities as required. Instal-


lers, manufacturer's representatives, and fabricators of materials or systems affected shall be
required to attend. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates for major coordination is-
sues.

B. Do not allow affected Work to proceed if conference cannot be successfully concluded. In-
itiate actions necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene con-
ference at earliest feasible date.

1.06 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. The Contractor will schedule regular weekly meetings.

B. Hold called meetings as required by progress of Work.

C. Location of meetings: Town of Purcellville Town Hall or as directed by the Owner.

D. Attendance: The Owner will require and notify following to attend:

1. Owner.

2. Architect and his professional consultants as needed.

3. Contractor and subcontractors as required.

E. Suggested Agenda:

1. Review and approval of minutes of previous meeting.

2. Review of Work progress since previous meeting.

3. Field observations, problems and conflicts.

4. Problems which impede Construction Progress Schedule.

5. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.

6. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule.

PROJECT MEETINGS 01311 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

7. Revisions to Construction Progress Schedule.

8. Progress schedule during succeeding Work period.

9. Coordination of schedules.

10. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required.

11. Maintenance of quality standards.

12. Pending changes and substitutions.

13. Review proposed changes for:

a. Effect on Construction Progress Schedule and on completion date.

b. Effect on other contracts of Project.

14. Other business.

15. Safety

1.07 COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. Conduct Coordination Meetings as necessary to properly coordinate trades. Require repre-


sentation of parties involved in coordination or planning of activities involved.

1.08 SPECIAL MEETINGS

A. Conduct Special Meetings as required throughout course of Work. Special meeting issues
may include, but are not limited to issues of safety, labor issues, and special scheduling is-
sues.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION 01311

PROJECT MEETINGS 01311 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Preliminary Construction Schedule.


2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Submittals Schedule.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports.
6. Field condition reports.
7. Special reports.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes.
3. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
4. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting construction
photographs.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,
and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume
time and resources.

1. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the Schedule of Values for the completion of an activity as
scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum, unless
otherwise approved by Architect.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project
where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine
when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a
jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the
early start of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely
affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Fragment: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller activities for
greater detail.

H. Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction


element.

I. Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.

J. Network Diagram: A graphic diagram of a network schedule, showing activities and activity
relationships.

K. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of
an activity as scheduled.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals Schedule: Submit six copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
tabular format:

1. Scheduled date for first submittal.


2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.

B. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit six opaque copies.

1. Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of


Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit six opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough
to show entire schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and labeled to
comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated)
and date on label.

D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit six copies at progress meetings.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Material Location Reports: Submit six copies at progress meetings.

F. Field Condition Reports: Submit six copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

G. Special Reports: Submit six copies at time of unusual event.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Pre-scheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in


Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule,
including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.


2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones
and partial Owner occupancy.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting
agencies.
8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of


construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of


subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates


required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.

1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary schedule. Include submittals


required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to maintain orderly
progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture
or fabrication.

a. At Contractor's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Construction Schedule,


instead of tabulating them separately.

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &


Scheduling."

B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of Final
Completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows
an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

C. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element
of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 5 days, unless specifically
allowed by Architect.

a. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items
requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.

2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
3. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 3 days for startup and testing.
4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.


2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. Coordination with existing construction.


b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.

7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
c. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
l. Startup and placement into final use and operation.

8. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the
Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced
or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:

a. Structural completion.
b. Permanent space enclosure.
c. Completion of mechanical installation.
d. Completion of electrical installation.
e. Substantial Completion.

E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.

F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned
and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for
preparation of payment requests.

1. Refer to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment
procedures.
2. Contractor shall assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Costs shall
not be assigned to submittal activities unless specified otherwise but may, with Architect's
approval, be assigned to fabrication and delivery activities. Costs shall be under required
principal subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and
maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and
demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract
Sum.
3. Each activity cost shall reflect an accurate value subject to approval by Architect.
4. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

G. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.

H. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically
to manage construction schedules.

2.3 PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary construction schedule within seven days of date
established for the Notice of Award.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week. Outline significant construction activities for first 60 days of construction. Include
skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on
indicated activities.

2.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type,


Contractor's Construction Schedule within 14 days of date established for the Notice of Award.
Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback
was received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.

1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an


estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

2.5 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.


2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
7. Accidents.
8. Meetings and significant decisions.
9. Unusual events (refer to special reports).
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
11. Meter readings and similar recordings.
12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14. Change Orders received and implemented.
15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

18. Partial Completions and occupancies.


19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of
materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials
previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on
and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project
site.

C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and
the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for
interpretation on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.6 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute
copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these
events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At each progress meeting, update schedule to


reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,


testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know
schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.


2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in
the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction
activities.

END OF SECTION 01320

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment.


2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
3. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by
Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of


construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,
and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination


with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect
will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination.

D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Unique identifier, including revision number.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Other necessary identification.

E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on
submittals.

F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect
observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve
as final submittal.

1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of


copies to Architect.
2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will be marked with action taken
and will be returned.

G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from
sources other than Contractor.

1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant


information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on
previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents,
including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the
related submittal.
2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:

a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To :).
d. Source (From :).
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

g. Submittal purpose and description.


h. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
i. Remarks.
j. Signature of transmitter.

H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,


fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

I. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in
connection with construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.

1. Number of Copies: Submit six copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return four copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project
Record Document.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.


b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
i. Mill reports.
j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.
k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
n. Notation of coordination requirements.
o. Provide flame spread certification and material safety data sheets. SHEETS

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

c. Fabrication and installation drawings.


d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control
wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
i. Design calculations.
j. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.


3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
4. Number of Copies: Submit three blue- or black-line prints of each submittal, unless prints
are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit six prints where prints are
required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain one print;
remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned print as a Project Record
Drawing.

D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:

1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups.


2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,
and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the
following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent
testing and inspection.
4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review
of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.
Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.


b. Product name or name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.

5. Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's


letterhead, provide the following:

a. Size limitations.
b. Compliance with recognized standards.
c. Availability.
d. Delivery time.

6. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the


product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that
show approximate limits of the variations.
b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that
illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operation, and similar construction characteristics.

7. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set[s] of available choices where
color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
8. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain
two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.

a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication


techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be
demonstrated.

9. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time
of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's
property, are the property of Contractor.

E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for
the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.


2. Number and name of room or space.
3. Location within room or space.

F. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment


Procedures."

G. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."

H. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying


products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.

1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will not return copies.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of


entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality
Requirements."

B. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of
firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

C. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that


product complies with requirements.

D. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel
certified.

E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that


Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.

F. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying


that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience
where required.

G. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that


material complies with requirements.

H. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements.

I. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation
of product, for compliance with performance requirements.

J. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.

K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements.

L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests
performed by a qualified testing agency.

M. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization


acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect
for Project. Include the following information:

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Name of evaluation organization.


2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers' names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.

N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1
Section "Closeout Procedures and Operation and Maintenance Data."

O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance
and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of
assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load
diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations.
Include page numbers.

P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents


manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized


service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative


making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and
will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and return it. Architect will provide a submittal review form to indicate
action taken, as follows:

1. No Exceptions Taken

2. Make Revisions Noted

3. Revise and Resubmit

4. Not Approved

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject
and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.

D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.

END OF SECTION 01330

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01351 - SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general protection and treatment procedures for the entire Project.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.

B. Dismantle: To disassemble and detach items by hand from existing construction to the limits
indicated, using small hand tools and small one-hand power tools, so as to protect nearby
historic surfaces; and legally dispose of dismantled items off-site, unless indicated to be
salvaged or reinstalled.

C. Existing to Remain: Existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.

D. Historic: Spaces, areas, rooms, surfaces, materials, finishes, and overall appearance which are
important to the successful preservation as determined by the Architect. Designated historic
spaces are generally described below.

1. Restoration Zones: Areas of greatest architectural importance, integrity, and visibility; to


be preserved and restored to the original, circa 1903, all restoration work on Cupolas
have been completed under phase 1 project. Other work in relation to Cupolas are mainly
in conjunction with mechanical duct installations on interior side of the Cupolas on the
roof.
2. Preservation Zones: Areas of significant architectural importance, integrity, and visibility;
to be preserved and repaired consistent with the remaining historic fabric and to the
extent shown on Drawings: The entire building.
3. Conservations Zones: Site areas and features of significant historical importance,
integrity, and visibility; to leave any remaining original features untouched insofar as is
consistent with accommodating modern uses for the building as shown on Drawings: The
site, including trees. Contractor shall not conduct any grade-disturbing activities until
authorized by Owner, Architect, or Owner’s Construction Manager. Virginia Department
of Historic Resources holds a conservation easement on the parcel that requires that
archaeology be performed prior to any grade-disturbing activities.

E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material
type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by the Architect.

F. Reconstruct: To remove existing item, replicate damaged or missing components, and reinstall
in original position.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

G. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original or
as otherwise indicated.

H. Reinstall: To protect removed or dismantled item, repair and clean it as indicated for reuse, and
reinstall it in original position, or where indicated.

I. Remove: Specifically for historic spaces, areas, rooms, and surfaces, the term means to detach
an item from existing construction to the limits indicated, using hand tools and hand-operated
power equipment, and legally dispose of it off-site, unless indicated to be salvaged or
reinstalled.

J. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes
while employing as little new material as possible. Includes patching, piecing-in, splicing,
consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials.

K. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is
the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.

L. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish, unless otherwise indicated.

M. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and in either the same or
a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.

N. Restore: To consolidate, replicate, reproduce, repair, and refinish as required to achieve the
indicated results.

O. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.

P. Reversible: New construction work, treatments, or processes that can be removed or undone in
the future without damaging historic materials, unless otherwise indicated.

Q. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse or
reinstall as dictated by contract documents.

R. Stabilize: To provide structural reinforcement of unsafe or deteriorated items while maintaining


the essential form as it exists at present; also, to reestablish a weather-resistant enclosure.

S. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material, unless otherwise indicated.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects and other items of interest or value to Owner that may
be encountered during removal and dismantling work remain Owner's property. Carefully
dismantle and salvage each item or object.

B. Coordinate with Architect, who will establish special procedures for dismantling and salvage of
any unforeseen historic items.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Construction Schedule for Historic Treatments: Indicate for the entire Project the following for
each activity to be performed in historic spaces, areas, and rooms, and on historic surfaces:

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and wheel-base
dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed for use. Do not use such
equipment without Contractor's professional engineer's certification that the structure can
support the imposed loadings without damage.

B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site


improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
historic treatment operations.

C. Fire-Prevention Plan: Submit before work begins.

D. Inventory of Salvaged Items: After removal or dismantling work is complete, submit a list of
items that have been salvaged.

E. Damaged Siding Replacement Plan: Identify exterior siding to be replaced, rather than repaired,
for approval by Architect before work begins.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work, including
placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-prevention devices
during each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-protection equipment and
requirements. Include each fire watch's training, duties, and authority to enforce fire safety.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before


beginning removal and dismantling work. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.

D. Historic Treatment Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. General: Review methods and procedures related to historic treatment including, but not
limited to, the following:

a. Review manufacturer's written instructions for precautions and effects of historic


treatment procedures on materials, components, and vegetation.
b. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

2. Removal and Dismantling:

a. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be removed or dismantled.


b. Review requirements of other work that relies on substrates exposed by removal
and dismantling work.

1.7 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS

A. Historic Materials for Reinstallation:

1. Repair and clean historic items as indicated and to functional condition for reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during
handling. Label contents of containers.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.


4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports, and
miscellaneous materials to make item functional for use indicated.

B. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be dismantled and
taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in their
original locations after historic treatment and construction work in the vicinity is complete.

C. Storage and Protection: When taken from their existing locations, catalog and store historic
items within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, snow,
condensation, or ground water, and from freezing temperatures.

1. Identify each item with a nonpermanent mark to document its original location. Indicate
original locations on plans elevations, sections, or photographs by annotating the
identifying marks.
2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. General Size Limitation in Historic Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for
performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that
clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary
protection, by 12 inches or more.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far
as practical.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding
with removal and dismantling work.

D. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in construction affected by removal and
dismantling work. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use.
Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present.

1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate historic treatment procedures in this section with public circulation patterns at
Project site. Some work is near public circulation patterns. Public circulation patterns cannot
be closed off entirely, and in places can be only temporarily redirected around small areas of
work. Plan and execute the Work accordingly.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 HISTORIC REMOVAL AND DISMANTLING EQUIPMENT

A. Removal Equipment: Use only hand-held tools except as follows or unless otherwise approved
by the Architect on a case-by-case basis:

1. Light jackhammers are allowed subject to Architect's approval.


2. Large air hammers are not permitted.

B. Dismantling Equipment: Use manual, hand-held tools, except as follows or otherwise approved
by the Architect on a case-by-case basis:

1. Hand-held power tools and cutting torches are permitted only as submitted in the historic
treatment program. They must be adjustable so as to penetrate or cut only the thickness
of material being removed.
2. Pry bars over 18 inches long and hammers weighing over 2 lb are not permitted for
dismantling work.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Preparation for Removal and Dismantling: Examine construction to be removed or dismantled


to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform removal and dismantling work.
Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures will be necessary. Make
explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be
removed or dismantled and location of utilities and services to remain that may be hidden by
construction that is to be removed or dismantled.

1. Verify that affected utilities have been disconnected and capped.


2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and dismantled for
reinstallation or salvage.
3. Before removal or dismantling of existing building elements that will be reproduced or
duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and
construction details required to make exact reproduction.
4. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether
removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any
portion of structure or adjacent structures as a result of removal and dismantling work.

B. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction


photographs.

1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation."

C. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from historic treatment
procedures.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.3 PROTECTION, GENERAL

A. Ensure that supervisory personnel are on-site and on duty when historic treatment work begins
and during its progress.

B. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and
surrounding buildings from harm resulting from historic treatment procedures.

1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being
protected.
2. Provide barricades, barriers, and temporary directional signage to exclude public from
areas where historic treatment work is being performed.
3. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and
vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of historic treatment
work.
4. Contain dust and debris generated by removal and dismantling work and prevent it from
reaching the public or adjacent surfaces.
5. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural
elements.
6. Protect floors and other surfaces along haul routes from damage, wear, and staining.

C. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials:

1. Protect existing historic materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not
deface or remove existing materials.
2. Do not attach temporary protection to historic surfaces except as indicated as part of the
historic treatment program and approved by Architect.

D. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions.
Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials,
components, and vegetation.

E. Utility and Communications Services:

1. Notify the Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction, owning or controlling
wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by the historic treatment work before
commencing operations.
2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as
required for the historic treatment work.
3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect
against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to
existing utilities.

3.4 PROTECTION FROM FIRE

A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following.

1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated.


2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles including, rubbish, paper, waste, and
chemicals, except to the degree necessary for the immediate work.

a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such


materials.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Prohibit smoking by all persons within the Project work and staging areas.

B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures
while performing work with heat-generating equipment or highly combustible materials,
including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, paint removal with heat, or other operations
where open flames or implements utilizing high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are
anticipated.

1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of welding or other high-heat
equipment. Use of open-flame equipment is not permitted. Notify Owner at least
seventy-two hours before each occurrence, indicating location of such work.
2. As far as practical, restrict heat-generating equipment to outside the building.
3. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where
flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a
combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.
4. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors,
holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings.

C. Fire Extinguishers, Fire Blankets, and Rag Buckets: Maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets,
and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the
type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher
and blanket operation.

3.5 GENERAL HISTORIC TREATMENT

A. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when historic treatment work begins and during
its progress.

B. Halt the process of deterioration and stabilize conditions, unless otherwise indicated. Perform
work as indicated on Drawings. Follow the procedures in subparagraphs below and procedures
approved in historic treatment program.

1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace.
2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support
existing material or structure.
3. Use reversible processes wherever possible.
4. Use historically accurate repair and replacement materials and techniques unless
otherwise indicated.
5. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction) and progress during the
work with digital preconstruction documentation photographs. Comply with requirements
in Division 1 "Photographic Documentation."

C. Where Work requires existing features to be removed or dismantled and reinstalled, perform
these operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate.

3.6 HISTORIC REMOVAL

A. Perform work in accordance with the historic treatment program.

1. Provide supports or reinforcement for existing construction that becomes temporarily


weakened by the work, until the work is completed.
2. Perform cutting by hand or with small power tools wherever possible. Cut holes and slots
neatly to size required, with minimum disturbance of adjacent work.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Do not operate air compressors inside building, unless approved by Architect in each
case.
4. Do not drill or cut columns, beams, joints, girders, structural slabs, or other structural
supporting elements, without having Contractor's professional engineer's written approval
for each location before such work is begun, unless shown on the contract documents.

B. Water-Mist Sprinkling: Use water-mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only
with adequate, approved procedures and equipment that ensure that such water will not create
a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or materials.

C. Unacceptable Equipment: Keep equipment that is not permitted for historic removal or
dismantling work away from the vicinity where such work is being performed.

D. Removing Items On or Near Historic Surfaces:

1. Use only dismantling tools and procedures within 12 inches of historic surface. Protect
historic surface from contact with or damage by tools.
2. Unfasten items to be removed, in the opposite order from which they were installed.
3. Support each item as it becomes loosened to prevent stress and damage to the historic
surface.
4. Dismantle anchorages.

E. Anchorages:

1. Remove anchorages associated with removed items.


2. In non-historic surfaces, patch holes created by anchorage removal or dismantling in
accordance with the requirements for new work.

END OF SECTION 01351

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT 01351 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01380 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
3. Final Completion construction photographs.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation.
2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting digital media as Project Record
Documents at Project closeout.
3. Division 02 Section "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before
building demolition operations commence.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Construction Photographs: Submit digital images of each photographic view within seven days
of taking photographs.
1. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files as a Project
Record Document on CD-ROM. Identify electronic media with date photographs were
taken. Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor and are uncropped.

1.4 USAGE RIGHTS

A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited
reproduction of photographic documentation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum
sensor size of 4.0 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 1024 by 768 pixels.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01380 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to
clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.

B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera,
without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image.
2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images on CD-ROM in the field office at Project
site, available at all times for reference. Identify images same as for those submitted to
Architect.

C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take , digital photographs


of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during
construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Construction Manager.

D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take photographs monthly, coinciding with the cutoff date
associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of
construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

E. Architect and Construction Manager-Directed Construction Photographs: From time to time,


Architect or Construction Manager will instruct photographer about number and
frequency digital photographs and general directions on vantage points. Select actual vantage
points and take photographs to show the status of construction and progress since last
photographs were taken.

F. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take digital photographs after date of Substantial
Completion for submission as Project Record Documents of all work.

1. Do not include date stamp.

END OF SECTION 01380

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01380 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,


and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"


"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on


Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,


assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which
Project is to be built.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent


requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

REFERENCES 01420 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.

D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and
up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253


Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (202) 272-0080
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov

CFR Code of Federal Regulations (888) 293-6498


Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1530
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html

CRD Handbook for Concrete and Cement (601) 634-2355


Available from Army Corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station
www.wes.army.mil

DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-6257


Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
www.dodssp.daps.mil

DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus


(See FS)

FED-STD Federal Standard


(See FS)

FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257


Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
www.dodssp.daps.mil

Available from General Services Administration (202) 501-1021


www.fss.gsa.gov

Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800


www.nibs.org

FTMS Federal Test Method Standard


(See FS)

ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587


www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543

REFERENCES 01420 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

MIL (See MILSPEC)

MIL-STD (See MILSPEC)

MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-6257


Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
www.dodssp.daps.mil

NES (Formerly: National Evaluation Service)


(See ICC-ES)

UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253


Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080
www.access-board.gov

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S."

B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to
be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862-5100


www.aluminum.org

AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333


www.aaadm.com

AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202


www.aabchq.com

AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664


www.aamanet.org

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800


Transportation Officials
www.transportation.org

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org

ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155


www.abma-dc.org

ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700


(American Concrete Institute)
www.aci-int.org

ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216

REFERENCES 01420 - 3
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

www.concrete-pipe.org

AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530


www.aeic.org

AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878


www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700

AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000


www.aga.org

AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118


www.agc.org

AHA American Hardboard Association


(Now part of CPA)

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955


www.aham.org

AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960


www.asphaltinstitute.org

AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837


www.aia.org (202) 626-7300

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400


www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100


www.steel.org

AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559


www.aitc-glulam.org

ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (800) 395-2522


www.alca.org (703) 736-9666

ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700


www.alsc.org

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org

ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020


www.ansi.org

AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts (505) 522-1437


www.aosaseed.com

APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600


www.apawood.org

APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989


www.archprecast.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 4
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000


www.api.org

ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800


www.ari.org

ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917


www.asphaltroofing.org

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723


www.asce.org (703) 295-6300

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723


Air-Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400

ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763


(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591-7722
www.asme.org

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040


www.asse-plumbing.org

ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585


(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org

AWCI AWCI International (703) 534-8300


(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International)
www.awci.org

AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association


(Now WCSC)

AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811


www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600

AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800


www.awpa.com

AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353


www.aws.org (305) 443-9353

AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337


www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122


www.buildershardware.com

BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010


www.bia.org

BICSI BICSI (813) 979-1991


www.bicsi.org

BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963

REFERENCES 01420 - 5
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's


Association International)
www.bifma.com

BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (773) 761-4100


www.bissc.org

Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011


www.caststone.org

CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312


www.carpetcushion.org

CDA Copper Development Association Inc. (800) 232-3282


www.copper.org (212) 251-7200

CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263


www.canelect.ca/connections_online/home.htm

CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333


www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com

CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700


www.cganet.com

CGSB Canadian General Standards Board (800) 665-2472


w3.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb (819) 956-0425

CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462


www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462

CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919


www.cisca.org

CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137


www.cispi.org

CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583


www.chainlinkinfo.org

CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604


www.pbmdf.com

CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772


www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607

CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846


www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200


www.crsi.org

CSA CSA International (800) 463-6727


(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000
www.csa-international.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 6
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900


www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300

CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700


www.cedarbureau.org

CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087


(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
www.cti.org

DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010


www.dhi.org

EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500


www.eia.org

EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462


www.eima.com (770) 968-7945

EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (800) 548-2723


www.asce.org (703) 295-6300

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040


www.ejma.org

ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937


www.esda.org

FCI Fluid Controls Institute (216) 241-7333


www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org

FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball Amateur 41 22 545 00 00


(The International Basketball Federation)
www.fiba.com

FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35


(The International Volleyball Federation)
www.fivb.ch

FM Factory Mutual System


(Now FMG)

FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000


(Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
www.fmglobal.com

FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors (407) 671-3772
Association, Inc.
www.floridaroof.com

FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850


www.fluidsealing.com

FSC Forest Stewardship Council 52 951 5146905


www.fsc.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 7
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440


www.gypsum.org

GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208


www.glasswebsite.com

GRI (Now GSI)

GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400


www.greenseal.org

GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440


www.geosynthetic-institute.org

HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744


www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700

HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200


www.gamanet.org

HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association


(Part of NAAMM)

HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900


www.hpva.org

HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550


www.hpwhite.com

IAS International Approval Services


(Now CSA International)

IBF International Badminton Federation 441-24 223-4904


www.intbadfed.org

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369


www.icea.net

ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830


www.icri.org

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11


www.iec.ch

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000


www.iesna.org

IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234


www.igcc.org

IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The) (613) 233-1510


www.igmaonline.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 8
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426


www.iliai.com

ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11


www.iso.ch

ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (702) 567-8150


www.issfa.net

ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851


www.intertek.com (607) 753-6711

ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11


www.itu.int/home

KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690


www.kcma.org

LMA Laminating Materials Association


(Now part of CPA)

LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864


www.lightning.org (847) 577-7200

MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333


www.mbma.com

MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (847) 480-9138


www.maplefloor.org

MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610


www.metalframingmfg.org

MH Material Handling
(Now MHIA)

MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815


www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190

MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222


www.marble-institute.com

MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937


www.paintinfo.com

MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613


Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com

NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405


www.naamm.org

NACE NACE International (281) 228-6200


(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
www.nace.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 9
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926


www.nadca.com

NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193,
ext. 453
www.aahperd.org/nagws/

NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The) (703) 684-0084


www.naima.org

NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848


www.nbgqa.com

NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222


www.ncaa.org

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900


www.ncma.org

NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094


www.ncpi.org

NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550


www.ncta.com

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698


www.nebb.org

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110


www.necanet.org

NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901


www.nelma.org

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200


www.nema.org

NETA International Electrical Testing Association (303) 697-8441


www.netaworld.org

NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900


www.nfhs.org

NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555


(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org

NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776


www.nfrc.org

NGA National Glass Association (703) 442-4890


www.glass.org

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318


www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818

REFERENCES 01420 - 10
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393


www.nlga.org

NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016


www.nofma.org

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545


www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070

NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622


www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400

NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275


(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org

NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415


www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788

NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (800) 323-9736


www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930

NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association


(Now TRI)

NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association


(Now WDMA)

OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (800) 966-5253


www.opl.com (210) 635-8100

PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300


www.pci.org

PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322


www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322

PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956


www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720

PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929


http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu

PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540


www.post-tensioning.org

RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400


www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400

RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580


www.rfci.com

RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339


www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662

RTI (Formerly: NTRMA - National Tile Roofing Manufacturers

REFERENCES 01420 - 11
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Association)
(Now TRI)

SAE SAE International (724) 776-4841


www.sae.org

SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462-1930


www.sdi.org

SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010


www.steeldoor.org

SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424


www.sefalabs.com

SEI Structural Engineering Institute (800) 548-2723


www.seinstitute.com (703) 295-6195

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234


www.sgcc.org

SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075


www.siaonline.org

SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association


(Now IGMA)

SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995


www.steeljoist.org

SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991


www.smacentral.org

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980


National Association
www.smacna.org

SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100


www.smpte.org

SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154


(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics
Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
www.sprayfoam.org

SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611


www.spib.org

SPI/SPFD Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. (The)


Spray Polyurethane Foam Division
(Now SPFA)

SPRI SPRI (781) 647-7026


(Single Ply Roofing Institute)
www.spri.org

REFERENCES 01420 - 12
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355


www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630

SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772


www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331

STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265


www.steeltank.com

SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333


www.steelwindows.com

SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974


www.swrionline.org

TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453


www.tileusa.com

TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700


Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org

TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700


www.masonrysociety.org

TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (608) 833-5900


www.tpinst.org

TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873


www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 705-9898

TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177


(Formerly: RTI - Roof Tile Institute)
www.tileroofing.org

UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 285-4476


www.ul.com (847) 272-8800

UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902


www.uni-bell.org

USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539


www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800

USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422


www.usgbc.org

USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488
www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463

WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869


www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700

WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486


www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651

REFERENCES 01420 - 13
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association


(Now WCSC)

WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636


(Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers (212) 661-4261
Association)
www.windowcoverings.org

WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301


(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and (847) 299-5200
Door Association)
www.wdma.com

WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of (916) 372-9943


California)
www.wicnet.org

WIC Woodwork Institute of California


(Now WI)

WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889


www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591

WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333


www.wsrca.com (650) 548-0112

WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930


www.wwpa.org

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to
be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

BOCA BOCA International, Inc.


(See ICC)

CABO Council of American Building Officials


(See ICC)

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100


www.iapmo.org

ICBO International Conference of Building Officials


(See ICC)

ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc.


(See ICC-ES)

ICC International Code Council (703) 931-4533


(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
www.iccsafe.org

ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587


www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543

REFERENCES 01420 - 14
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

NES National Evaluation Service


(See ICC-ES)

SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.


(See ICC)

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and
are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers


www.usace.army.mil

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772


www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-6816

DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000


www.commerce.gov

DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257


www.dodssp.daps.mil

DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220


www.eren.doe.gov

EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167


www.epa.gov

FAA Federal Aviation Administration (202) 366-4000


www.faa.gov

FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322


www.fcc.gov

FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332


www.fda.gov

GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111


www.gsa.gov (202) 501-1888

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112


www.hud.gov

LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000


www.lbl.gov

NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program


(See TRB)

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478


www.nist.gov

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742


www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999

REFERENCES 01420 - 15
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PBS Public Building Service


(See GSA)

PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694


http://phs.os.dhhs.gov

RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540


(See USDA)

SD State Department (202) 647-4000


www.state.gov

TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934


www.nas.edu/trb

USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791


www.usda.gov

USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000


www.usps.com

E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CBHF State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs (800) 952-5210


Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation (916) 574-2041
www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti

CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703-2782


www.cpuc.ca.gov

TFS Texas Forest Service (936) 639-8180


Forest Products Laboratory
http://txforestservice.tamu.edu

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01420

REFERENCES 01420 - 16
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary
utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Sewers and drainage.


2. Water service and distribution.
3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities.
4. Heating and cooling facilities.
5. Ventilation.
6. Electric power service.
7. Lighting.
8. Telephone service.

C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Waste disposal facilities.


2. Field offices.
3. Storage and fabrication sheds.
4. Lifts and hoists.
5. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Environmental protection.
2. Storm water control.
3. Pest control.
4. Site enclosure fence.
5. Security enclosure and lockup.

E. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of


implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for
products in those Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is


complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.

1.4 USE CHARGES

A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect
and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and
facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Owner's construction forces.


2. Occupants of Project.
3. Architect.
4. Testing agencies.
5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise,
for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241.

1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary


utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions.
2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use
of temporary service to use of permanent service.

B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by
all parties engaged in the Work:

1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.


2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable


condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line
posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails.
Provide concrete bases for supporting posts.

C. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous


Carpentry."

D. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.

E. Water: Potable.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Field Offices: Existing building interior may be used as field office. Heating and cooling to be
provided for such space by Contractor.

C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as
indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.

1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.

D. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation or


combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar
nonabsorbent material.

E. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating


units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.

F. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to


120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset
button, and pilot light.

G. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for
surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be
nonmetallic sheathed cable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use
of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder
with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company
recommendations.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is
available, provide trucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to Project site where Owner's easements
cannot be used for that purpose.

B. Water Service: Existing water to building is shut off as part of winterization of the whole
building. Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before
use.

1. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.

C. Sanitary Facilities: Existing water/sewer facilities in building are shut off as part of winterization
of the whole building; therefore, provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water
fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste
containers for disposal of used material.
2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.

D. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities
for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that
will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of


building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas
where meetings are held and finished Work has been installed.

E. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction


activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation
requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

F. Electric Power Service: Existing electric service at the building may be used by Contractor for
construction operation.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

G. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and
equipment.

1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if


single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not
exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for
construction operations and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
2. Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction
operations, traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction
and support facilities for easy access.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Construction Crew Parking Facility: Designated area of existing parking facility on east side of
building to be used by Contractor’s construction crew and other people associated with the
construction project at this building.

C. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle


waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or
unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.

1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,


for each type of waste material to be deposited.

D. Common-Use Field Office: One of the rooms inside existing building is to be utilized as
common-use field office for conducting on-site meetings between Contractor, Architect, Owner,
Construction Manager, and others who may be associated with the project. If the existing
building will not facilitate a space due to ongoing activities or noise then the Contractor is
provide a temporary filed office within the staging area on site. Contractor is to provide
adequate lighting, temperature, seating and tables.

E. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open
shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site.

1. Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood.
2. Use of existing building interior space for providing storage and fabrication areas must
include taking extra precaution in protecting existing floor, columns, walls, and ceiling
finishes in addition to protecting existing floor structural integrity.

a. Existing floor to receive double layers of plywood sheathing in the areas where
temporary storage and fabrication will be located.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

b. Building materials storage and construction equipment and operation on interior


floor area must be done in a manner that would not produce excessive vibration
and not exceed allowable design loads indicated as follows:

1) 100 psf – uniform load or


2) 1,000 lbs – concentrated load

c. Construction Loads – Materials and equipment used in construction shall not


exceed the allowable design loads. Where it is anticipated construction loads will
exceed the design live loads, the Contractor shall submit for approval plans signed
by a professional structural engineer to provide planking on the floor, shoring, or
other load distribution methods as required.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct


construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of
noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near Project site.

B. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.

C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for
erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning
signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed,
provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

D. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.

1. Provide fire extinguishers visible and accessible from space being served.
a. Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-
recommended classes for exposures.
b. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each
usable stairwell.

2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.


3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-
protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking
in hazardous fire-exposure areas.
4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition.
5. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.

1. Maintain operation of heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities
on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of
damage.
2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section
"Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 01500

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01510 – SAFETY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE


CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in
Table of Contents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the safety requirements and procedures required for this project.

1.02 REQUIREMENTS

A. All Contractors will be required to comply with the provisions of the "Construction Safety Act"
and the "Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970". The Contractor shall submit to the
Owner a written safety program for approval. This program shall adhere to all applicable
Federal, State and local requirements.

B. The Contractor safety program shall include as a minimum:

1. A formal safety training and orientation program for all new employees with written
confirmation provided upon request.

2. Periodic refresher training for each worker with written confirmation provided upon re-
quest.

3. A formal supervisory safety training program for all supervisors with written confirma-
tion provided upon request.

4. A program of regular site visits by safety personnel to review, evaluate, and control job
hazards with written confirmation provided upon request.

5. Provision of adequate personal protective equipment (hard hats, clothing, boots, safety
glasses, etc.), first-aid equipment, and trained emergency personnel.

6. An established procedure for the emergency evacuation of injured workers with written
confirmation provided upon request.

7. Provisions for maintaining safety records and reporting accidents in compliance with
OSHA requirements with written confirmation provided to Owner.

8. The safety plan shall be site specific.

9. Contractor shall provide a written statement that their site specific safety plan complies
with current OSHA standards.

C. The Contractor safety program/procedures shall cover at a minimum the following:

1. General housekeeping and cleaning.

2. Equipment operations and maintenance.

SAFETY 01510 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Excavations

4. Construction of structures.

5. Noise control.

6. Dust control.

7. Heat.

8. Radiation.

9. Toxic materials.

10. Ladder usage.

11. Water intrusion.

12. Fall Protection.

13. Scaffolding.

14. Personal Protection.

15. Administrative Procedures.

16. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

17. Competent Person (on site).

18. Electrical Hazards (cords, tools CFCI).

19. Emergency action plan.

D. Contractor shall comply with all requests for safety related provisions as given by the Owner’s
or Owner’s representative as a supplement to the Contractor’s safety effort and in no way re-
lieves the Contractor or transfers responsibility.

END OF SECTION 01510

SAFETY 01510 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of
products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard
warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or


model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new
products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from


those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and


accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.

D. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for


a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
Owner.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names
of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each
product.

1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule.
2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:

a. Specification Section number and title.


b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's name and address.
e. Supplier's name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery
date.

3. Completed List: Within 45 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3
copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and
for variations from Contract requirements.
4. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt
of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product
selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack
of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the
Contract Documents.

B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product
or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and
title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 131A.


2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.


b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and
requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce
indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or


documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within
15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.


b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.

C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1


Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more


products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent


overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
9. Protect stored products from damage.

B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and


properly executed.
2. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or
equal" or "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in "Comparable
Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a


single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.

a. Substitutions may be considered.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled


"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by
the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.

a. Substitutions may be considered.

3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce


a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed
that complies with requirements.

a. Substitutions may be considered.

4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers"


introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers
listed that complies with requirements.

a. Substitutions may be considered.

5. Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available


Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of
the products listed or another product that complies with requirements. Comply with
provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by
one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.
7. Product Options: Where Specification paragraphs titled "Product Options" indicate that
size, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product
or system, provide either the specific product or system indicated or a comparable
product or system by another manufacturer. Comply with provisions in "Product
Substitutions" Article.
8. Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Basis-of-Design Product[s]" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of
manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by
one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,
profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.

a. Substitutions may be considered provide there a no additional time or cost


impacts.

9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established


Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and
matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches satisfactorily.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and


complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract
Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product.

10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and
manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.

a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of


colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture
from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

11. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance" provisions in


Division 1 for allowances that control product selection and for procedures required for
processing such selections.

2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 45 days after the
Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at
discretion of Architect.

B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy


conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner
must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect
for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and
similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
10. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has
been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible
with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01600

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.
2. General installation of products.
3. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
4. Progress cleaning.
5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction.
7. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for


coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and
patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.
4. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and
levels, and final cleaning.
5. Division 1 Section “Field Engineering” for procedural requirements for obtaining
topographical surveys.

1.3 SUBMITTALS (Not Used)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the
existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical
services.

C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or


Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of


the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

a. Description of the Work.


b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
d. Recommended corrections.

2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are
to be installed.
5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances
located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown


diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a
detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
Contract Documents. Submit requests on CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation."

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out work verify, layout information shown on drawing in
relation to stormwater daylight locations by obtaining a field survey from a qualified surveyor per
Division 1 Section 01711.

B. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including storm sewer daylighting
locations.

C. Submittals:
1. Survey: Before proceeding with lay out work, obtain topographical survey in areas of
stormwater discharge pipes.
2. Profile and Layout: Prepare and submit a profile of the proposed stormwater discharge
pipe and layout showing discharge locations.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need to
extend the stormwater discharge pipes beyond what is shown on the Construction Documents,
submit a request for information to Architect. Include survey, profile, and layout plan. Coordinate
with Owner’s archaeologists for additional testing.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and
elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.


2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or


loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels and or
exceed the Town ordnance limits.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.

G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver
such items to Project site in time for installation.

H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.

3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by
Owner's construction forces.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for


Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually
agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences
in actual construction progress.
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at preinstallation
conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend
preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the
Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.


2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed
surfaces.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through


the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the


construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove


malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper
operation.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to


inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification
requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up


with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION 01700

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01711 – FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE


CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed
in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies field engineering services required for Project, including but not li-
mited to:

1. Survey Work.

2. Civil, structural, or other professional engineering services specified, or required.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect Work of this Section. Other
Specification Sections that relate directly to Work of this Section include, but are not limited
to:

1. GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.

2. SUMMARY OF WORK; Project description.

3. Section 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES; Record documents.

1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF SURVEYOR OR ENGINEER

A. Qualified engineer or registered land surveyor, acceptable to Owner.

B. Registered professional engineer of discipline required for specific service on Project, li-
censed in the Commonwealth of Virginia.

1.04 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS

A. The Contractor shall include in his lump sum bid price the cost for a licensed surveyor to
provide field surveying including reestablishing bench marks and control.

B. From the reestablished benchmarks and control the Contractor shall run all lines and le-
vels, furnish, set and drive grade stakes, and do all other work necessary to lay out his
work in accordance with the dimensions and elevations shown on the drawings. The
Contractor shall employ properly qualified personnel to perform the surveying work herein
described.

FIELD ENGINEERING 01711 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.05 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS

A. Establish minimum of two permanent bench marks on-site, referenced to data established
by survey control points.

1. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate
means:

1. Site improvements.

a. Utility slopes and invert elevations.

C. From time to time, verify layouts by same methods.

1.06 RECORDS

A. Maintain complete, accurate log of control and survey Work as it progresses.

B. Before request for final inspection, provide certified as-built survey showing dimensions, lo-
cations, angles, and elevations of construction in accordance with requirements of
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.

1.07 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit name and address of surveyor and professional engineer to Owner.

B. On request of Owner, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering Work.


C. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or surveyor certifying that elevation and lo-
cations of improvements are in conformance, or non-conformance, with Contract Docu-
ments.

D. Provide final as-built survey of completed project.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not used.

END OF SECTION 01711

FIELD ENGINEERING 01711 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01721 – WATER INTRUSION AND MOISTURE CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Take proactive steps, to the extent possible and practical under the circumstances, to pre-
vent and control mold growth.

1.2 Each employer, contractor, subcontractor, supplier and associated entity shall train his or
her personal in moisture and mold control procedures, which shall be part of their site-
specific health and safety plan. Documentation of all training shall be maintained and availa-
ble.

1.3 The following guidelines are to be followed in addition to this specification:

a. Environmental Protection Agency Heath Guidelines on Assessment and remediation


of Fungi in schools and commercial buildings.

b. Guidelines for Remediation Building Materials with Mold Growth caused by clean
water.

1.4 The contractor(s) shall make and keep the building weather tight before and after any ma-
terial, which could be effected by moisture are installed.

1.5 The presence of water within an enclosed building shall be considered a deficiency on the
contractor(s) and immediate action will be required. The first (24) twenty-four to (48) forty-
eight hours of the moisture intrusion event are the most critical.

PART 2 - PRODUCT

2.1 All products are to appropriate to the intended task.

2.2 A material safety data sheet (MSDS) must accompany all products upon arrival to the
project.

2.3 The following equipment may be required depending on the size of the moisture intrusion
event.

a. Industrial size dehumidifier, sized to the effect space(s)

b. Carpet drying fans

c. Air scrubbers

d. Industrial size fans

e. HEPA grade vacuums

2.4 All material must be stored in a suitable and dry environment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 Documentation

WATER INTRUSION AND MOISTURE CONTROL 01721 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

Each employer, contractor, subcontractor, supplier and associated entity shall maintain a sepa-
rate file, which shall include but is not limited to the following documentation of all moisture and
or mold related matters.

a. All contacts: owner, contractor, subcontractor, supplier and associated entity

b. Name of consultants, if required

c. Scope of Work documents

d. Photos with date stamps

e. Daily logs describing all mold related matters

f. Preconstruction assessment and remediation strategies

g. Sampling strategy and results

h. Pre and Post calibration for air sampling equipment

i. Locations, time, date and weather patterns during the sampling event

j. Laboratory Analysis

k. All written communications

l. Training documentation

m. Name and background of remediation contractor

n. MSDS for any agent used in the remediation process

Copies of all documentation shall be made available to Owner and Owner’s representative.

3.2 Remediation

3.1 Remove all wet materials within (24) twenty-four hours of the event, at no cost to the
owner.

3.2 Remove all accumulated water within (24) twenty fours of the event, at no cost to the owner.

3.3 Dry out the effected space(s) by use of air movement equipment and dehumidification
equipment, which shall be put into use within (24) twenty-four hours of the event, at no cost
to the owner.

3.4 Replace materials that were affected without changing the overall schedule and at no
cost to the owner.

3.5 Use the EPA guidelines. The most stringent and current procedures shall prevail.

END OF SECTION 01721

WATER INTRUSION AND MOISTURE CONTROL 01721 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the


building for alterations.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of


other Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after
installation of other Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days
before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include
the following information:

1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's
appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List
utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate
how long service will be disrupted.
6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original structure.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that result in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

1. Primary operational systems and equipment.


2. Air or smoke barriers.
3. Fire-protection systems.
4. Control systems.
5. Communication systems.
6. Conveying systems.
7. Electrical wiring systems.
8. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections.

C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in
a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity
to perform as intended, or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety.

1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.


2. Membranes and flashings.
3. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
4. Equipment supports.
5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
6. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a
visually unsatisfactory manner.

1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed
below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another
recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.

a. Processed concrete finishes.


b. Preformed metal panels.
c. Roofing.
d. Firestopping.
e. Window wall system.
f. Fluid-applied flooring.
g. Wall covering.
h. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.

E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved
in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential
interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before
proceeding.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to
void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.

2. Extent of demolition of existing exterior wood siding that are determined to be rotted or
deteriorated and required to be replaced with new siding is described in specification
section 06201 “Exterior Finish Carpentry” subparagraph 3.5.B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,


including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.

B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas.

3.3 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of


other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.

B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections of these Specifications.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of
patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-


plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition.

END OF SECTION 01731

CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure.


2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner
ready for reuse.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and
reinstall them where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise


indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property
and shall be removed from Project site.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending
dates for each activity.
2. Interruption of utility services.
3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

B. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed
and salvaged.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before


beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.

D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner
as far as practical.

B. Hazardous Materials: Based on a hazardous materials survey conducted under a separate


contract by the Owner, the following surfaces should be assumed to contain lead-based paint:
• Wood windows and window frames
• Wood doors and door frames
• Wood storm shutters
• Wood exterior components

1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;


immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner
under a separate contract.
2. Contractor shall coordinate removal of hazardous materials with Owner’s Contractor.

C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, submit
proposed alternate material using submittal procedures.
2. Use a material whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing
materials.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition
activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES

A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations.

B. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving
areas to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.
2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding
with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective
demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

C. Utility Requirements: Refer to mechanical and electrical drawings for shutting off,
disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work
until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing by the utility
provider or the Architect.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing
regulations.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of


existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage
and damage to structure and interior areas.
2. Protect exterior and/or interior walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that
are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.
3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
4. Protect existing sidewalks to remain with barricades or access restrictions.

C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction
operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building
exterior.

3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.

1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will
convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression
devices during flame-cutting operations.
5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off-site.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid
free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing
before selective demolition operations began.

B. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following:

1. Clean salvaged items.


2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations
after selective demolition operations are complete.

E. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain,
using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts.

F. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and


remove.

G. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to


recommendations in RFCI-WP and its Addendum.

1. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the
methods recommended by RFCI.

H. Air-Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants.

3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS

A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition


operations.

B. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for
new materials.

C. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

D. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of
uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

1. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply
with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats
over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch.
Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.
3. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity
of installation.

E. Ceilings: Patch and repair existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of
uniform appearance.

3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to


accumulate on-site.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION 01732

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT


and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in Table of Con-
tents, shall be included in and made part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements during contract closeout, in-
cluding, but not limited to:

1. Substantial Completion.

2. Final Acceptance.

3. Record document submittal.

4. Operating and maintenance data.

5. Warranties and bonds.

6. Final cleaning.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect Work of this Section. Other Specifi-
cation Sections that relate directly to Work of this Section include, but are not limited to:

1. GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS; Fiscal provisions,


legal submittals, and additional administrative requirements.

2. SUMMARY OF WORK, Owner occupancy.

3. Respective Sections of Specifications.

1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Prior to requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the follow-
ing:

1. On Application for Payment, show 100% completion for portions of Work claimed as
substantially complete. Submit list of incomplete items, value of incomplete Work, and
reasons Work is not complete.

2. Submission of warranties and bonds.

3. Submission of test/adjust/balance records.

4. Submission of maintenance instructions.

5. Final cleaning.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

6. Provide Warranty Bond against release of retainage.

7. Consent of surety.

8 Notification of shifting insurance coverage’s.

9. Training and instruction to Owner staff.

B. Within reasonable time, Architect will inspect to determine status of completion.

C. Should Architect determine Work is not substantially complete Architect will promptly notify
Contractor in writing giving reasons.

D. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies, and send a second written notice of Substantial Comple-
tion. Architect will reinspect the Work.

E. When Owner and Architect determine Work is substantially complete, Architect will prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with GENERAL CONDITIONS and
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.

1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Prior to requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, com-
plete the following:

1. Submission of final payment request with releases and supporting documentation.

2. Completion of incomplete Work.

3. Assurances that unsettled claims will be settled.

4. Submission of updated final statement, including accounting for final additional


changes to the Contract Sum. Show additional Contract Sum, additions and deduc-
tions, previous Change Orders, Total Adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and
Contract Sum due.

5. Submission of consent of surety.

6. Submission of evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insur-


ance requirements.

7. Transmit final Project Record Documents to Owner.

8. Transmit certified property survey.

9. Prove that taxes, fees, and similar obligations have been paid.

10. Remove temporary facilities and services.

11. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements.

12. Certify Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.

13. Certify work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents, and defi-
ciencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

14. Certify equipment and systems have been tested in presence of Owner's representa-
tive, and are operational.

15. Certify Work is complete and ready for final inspection.

B. Architect will inspect to verify status of completion with reasonable promptness.

C. Should Architect consider Work is incomplete or defective, Architect will promptly notify Con-
tractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective Work.

1. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy deficiencies and send a second writ-
ten certification that work is complete, and Architect will reinspect the Work.

2. When Architect finds Work is acceptable, Architect will consider closeout submittals.

3. Reinspection Fees: Should Architect perform reinspections due to failure of Work to


comply with claims made by the Contractor, Owner will compensate Architect for such
additional services, and deduct the amount of such compensation from final payment
to the Contractor.

D. Application for Final Payment: Submit Application for Final Payment in accordance with pro-
cedures and requirements in Conditions of the Contract.

1. Owner will issue final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract
Sum not previously made by Change Orders.

1.05 RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. General: Maintain a complete set of Record Documents at the site. Do not use Record Doc-
uments for construction purposes. Provide access to Record Documents for Architect and
Owner’s reference. Generally, without limitation, Record Documents shall include the follow-
ing:

1. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean set of blue or black line prints of Contract Draw-
ings and shop drawings, marked to show actual installation. Give particular attention
to concealed items.

2. Record Project Manual: Maintain a clean Project Manual, including Addenda, Change
Orders, Construction Change Directives, Architect’s Supplemental Instructions, and
other modifications, marked to show changes in actual Work performed. Give particu-
lar attention to substitutions, selection of options, and similar information.

3. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each approved Product Data submittal,
marked to show changes from products delivered, Work performed, and from manu-
facturer's recommended installation instructions.

4. Record Samples: Maintain one copy of each approved Sample submitted.

5. Record Field Test Reports: Maintain one copy of each Field Test Report.

B. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Store documents and samples in Contractor's field
office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files and racks for document sto-
rage. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. File documents
and samples in accordance with CSI format. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condi-

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

tion and in good order. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. Make doc-
uments and samples available at all times for inspection by Architect.

C. Marking Devices: Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code des-
ignated by Architect.

D. Recording: label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. Record
as-built information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any Work until re-
quired information is recorded.

E. Drawings: Legibly mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following:

1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.

2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, refe-


renced to permanent surface improvements.

3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, refe-


renced to visible and accessible features of the structure.

4. Field changes of dimension and detail.

5. Changes made by Field Order or Change Order.

6. Details not in original Contract Documents.

F. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each Section to record:

1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.

2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.

G. Submittal: At Contract Closeout, deliver Record Documents to Architect. Accompany submittal


with transmittal letter in duplicate, indicating the date, Project title and number, Contractor's
name and address, title and number of Record Document, and signature of Contractor or his
authorized representative.

1.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS

A. The WORK performed and the equipment and materials supplied by CONTRACTOR under
this CONTRACT shall be in accordance with sound construction practice, all applicable codes
and regulations and provisions of this CONTRACT and CONTRACTOR shall observe and ex-
ercise therein the standards of skill, care and diligence adhered to by recognized first class
contractors performing work of a similar nature. All equipment and material furnished by
CONTRACTOR shall conform to the specifications, drawings samples and other descriptions
as set forth in this CONTRACT. All design and workmanship shall be in strict accordance with
the CONTRACT and with sound construction practice. CONTRACTOR warrants the WORKS
against defects in material and/or workmanship furnished or performed by CONTRACTOR for
a minimum period of twelve (12) month, unless otherwise specified, from and after the comple-
tion date shown in the Final Acceptance Certificates, regardless of whether the same were fur-
nished or performed by CONTRACTOR or by any of his Subcontractors or Vendors.

B. Upon receipt of written notice from OWNER of any defect arising during any applicable warran-
ty period due to defective material or workmanship the affected item or part of the WORK shall
be reworked including all necessary repair or replacement by CONTRACTOR at a time and

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

within a time acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall perform such tests as OWNER
may require in order to verify that such rework complies with the requirements of the
CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR warrants such reworked item or part of the WORK against de-
fects in material or workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months from and after the date of
completion and acceptance thereof by OWNER but for no more than twenty-four (24) months
from and after the effective completion date of the related part of the WORK. All costs inciden-
tal to such rework and reinspection and/or retesting shall be borne by CONTRACTOR and
shall include without limitation the costs of the removal, replacement, reinstallation and trans-
port of any necessary equipment and/or material and/or tools and the like necessary to remedy
such defective WORK and all and any other costs incurred by CONTRACTOR as a result of
such rework and reinspection and/or retesting.

C. General: Assemble warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts, executed by
each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers, and subcontractors.

D. Number of Original Signed Copies Required: Two each.

E. If the general contractor or any Contractor or subcontractor cannot be contacted within a 24


hour period, or fails to respond within 48 hours after notification, the Town of Purcellville will be
free to undertake any corrective action it deems to be in its best interest without, jeopardizing
any warranty provision, and to back-charge the cost to the responsible party.

END OF SECTION 01770

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.


2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes,
systems and equipment.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for
operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
3. Divisions 3 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
requirements for products in those Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular


interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting
inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance
directory. Architect will return 1 copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of
manual are acceptable.

B. Final Submittal: Submit 1 copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final
inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.

1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of
each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more


than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information
furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY

A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:

1. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.

B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation
and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For
pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and
maintenance manual.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual,
identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the
Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE
Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for
each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a
system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.


2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to
the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project
Manual.

1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to


accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each
volume of the set.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to


accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on
spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.

a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize


data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-
reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.

2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch, 20-lb/sq. ft. white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.

a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.

2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.
2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include
instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire.
2. Flood.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Gas leak.
4. Water leak.
5. Power failure.
6. Water outage.
7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
8. Chemical release or spill.

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages,
and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for
notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.
2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.
4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.4 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in


individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.


2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number.


2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

6. Normal shutdown instructions.


7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls
as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for
identification.

2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and
sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.


2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance
service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For
each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in
Project Manual.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation


including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.


2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly
and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential
maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.


2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording
maintenance.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local
sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.

H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures


for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies
indicated.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care
and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance
data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment
not part of a system.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information


for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an
instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a
tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and
where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment
or systems.

E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the


relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence
and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings
to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance
manuals.
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section
"Project Record Documents."

F. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting operation
and maintenance documentation.

END OF SECTION 01782

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 01820 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's
personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.


2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Demonstration and training videotapes.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for


preinstruction conferences.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and training
for products in those Sections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration
and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and
instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each
training module.

1. At completion of training, submit one complete training manual(s) for Owner's use.

B. Qualification Data: For instructor.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with


requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and
maintenance procedures and training.

B. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in


Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Review required content of instruction.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to


minimize disrupting Owner's operations.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction


time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data
has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules
for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification
Sections, and as follows:

1. Motorized doors, including overhead coiling grilles.


2. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm and fire-extinguishing systems.
3. HVAC geothermal systems, including air-handling equipment, air distribution systems,
distribution piping, and ground-loop valves and devices.
4. HVAC instrumentation and controls.
5. Electrical service and distribution, including panelboards and motor controls.
6. Lighting equipment and controls.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include
a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each
module, include instruction for the following:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.


b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.
b. Operations manuals.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

c. Maintenance manuals.
d. Project Record Documents.
e. Identification systems.
f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.


b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training
module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain
systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner, through Construction Manager, with at least seven days
advance notice.

C. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to owner. Remove
instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial
training use.

END OF SECTION 01820

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.

1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to
support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.

B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.

C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.

D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory structural soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.

E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward
capillary flow of pore water.

F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.

1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond


indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Owner or Owner’s representative.
Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to
Contract provisions for changes in the Work.
2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Owner or Owner’s representative.
Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Owner or Owner’s
representative, shall be without additional compensation.

G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.

H. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate deposits, and boulders
of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for bulk excavation or [/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m)
for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment

EARTHWORK 02300 - 1
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram
hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted:

1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic


excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- (1065-mm-) wide, maximum, short-tip-radius rock
bucket; rated at not less than 138-hp (103-kW) flywheel power with bucket-curling force
of not less than 28,700 lbf (128 kN) and stick-crowd force of not less than 18,400 lbf (82
kN) with extra-long reach boom; measured according to SAE J-1179.
2. Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 230-hp (172-
kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 47,992-lbf (213.3-kN) breakout force
with a general-purpose bare bucket; measured according to SAE J-732.

I. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or
below the ground surface.

J. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix
asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete
pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.

K. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill


immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.

L. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured products required:

1. Controlled low-strength material, including design mixture.


2. Warning tapes.

B. Material Test Reports: For each borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows:

1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487.


2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 and


ASTM D 3740 for testing indicated.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during earth moving operations.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 2
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or
authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Utility Locator Service: Notify "Miss Utility" for area where Project is located before beginning
earth moving operations.

C. Do not commence earth moving operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control
measures are in place.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.

B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, GC, SW, SP, SC, ML, and SM
according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than
3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other
deleterious matter.

1. Liquid Limit: Less than 30.


2. Plasticity Index: Less than 10.

C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups CL, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to
ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups.

1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.

D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch
(25-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.

H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.

I. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone and
natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent passing a 1-
inch (25-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 3
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

J. Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, polyethylene film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150
mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with
metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal
detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored as follows:

1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth
moving operations.

B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving operations.

C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove
temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.

3.2 DEWATERING

A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared
subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.

B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.

1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to
accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage
ditches.

3.3 EXPLOSIVES

A. Explosives: Do not use explosives.

3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL

A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of


surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include

EARTHWORK 02300 - 4
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time
will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.

1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
2. Remove rock to lines and grades indicated to permit installation of permanent
construction without exceeding the following dimensions:
a. 6 inches (150 mm) outside of minimum required dimensions of concrete cast
against grade.
b. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath bottom of concrete slabs-on-grade.
c. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches (600
mm) wider than pipe or 42 inches (1065 mm) wide.

B. Classified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations. Material to be excavated will be


classified as earth and rock. Do not excavate rock until it has been classified and cross
sectioned by Architect. Changes in the Contract Time may be authorized for rock excavation.

1. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface;


underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; together with
soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation.

a. Intermittent drilling; ram hammering; or ripping of material not classified as rock


excavation is earth excavation.

2. Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of rock. Remove rock to lines and
subgrade elevations indicated to permit installation of permanent construction without
exceeding the following dimensions:
a. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath bottom of concrete slabs-on-grade.
b. 6 inches (150 mm) beneath pipe in trenches, and the greater of 24 inches (600
mm) wider than pipe or 42 inches (1065 mm) wide.

3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES

A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch (25
mm). If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and
removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.

1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.


Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms
to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
2. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility
Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or
minus 1 inch (25 mm). Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as bearing
surfaces.

3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS

A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations,
and subgrades.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES

A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.

1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below
frost line.

B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than
top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated.

C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of
pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels
of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp
objects along trench subgrade.

1. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches (150 mm) in nominal diameter, hand-excavate
trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.
2. For pipes and conduit 6 inches (150 mm) or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of
trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference. Fill depressions
with tamped sand backfill.
3. For flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support
conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.

3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION

A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade.

B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with
compacted backfill or fill material as directed.

C. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
provisions for changes in the Work.

D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or


construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.

3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION

A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of
concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean
concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17.2 MPa), may be used when
approved by Architect.

1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by


Architect.

3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS

A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 6
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Stockpile soil materials in locations designated on the construction documents. Do not


store within drip line of remaining trees.

3.11 BACKFILL

A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:

1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing,


waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls.

B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL

A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings,
and bodies of conduits.

C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450
mm) of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of
footings.

D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing.

E. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm)
in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the pipe or conduit.

1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both
sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of
piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.

F. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Place initial backfill of controlled low-strength material to a


height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the pipe or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities
testing.

G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.

H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6
inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.13 SOIL FILL

A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill
material will bond with existing material.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 7
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:

1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.


2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.
4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.
5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.

C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

3.14 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL

A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before
compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.

3.15 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS

A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in
loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.

C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 1557:

1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12
inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95
percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below
subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 90 percent.
4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 90
percent.

3.16 GRADING

A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.

1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 8
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.17 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS

A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows:
1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.
2. Place subbase course 6 inches (150 mm) or less in compacted thickness in a single
layer.
3. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross
sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according
to ASTM D 1557.

3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Special Inspections: Owner shall will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the
following special inspections:

1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with
requirements.
2. Determine that fill material and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements.
3. Determine, at the required frequency, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with
requirements.

B. Testing Agency: Owner shall engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to
perform tests and inspections. Contractor shall coordinate and notify testing agency of work
progress and when testing will be needed.

C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with
subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with
requirements.

D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed
to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing
subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when
approved by Architect.

E. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167,
ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following
locations and frequencies:

1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill
layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) or less of paved area or building
slab, but in no case fewer than three tests.
2. Trench Backfill: At each compacted level, initial and final backfill layer, at least one test
for every 150 feet (46 m) or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests.

F. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to
depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.

EARTHWORK 02300 - 9
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.19 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.

1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape
and recompact.

C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

3.20 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 02300

EARTHWORK 02300 - 10
Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 02510 - WATER DISTRIBUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for
water service and fire-service mains.

B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for
installation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer rubber.

B. LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic.

C. PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic.

D. PE: Polyethylene plastic.

E. PP: Polypropylene plastic.

F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

G. RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) fittings.

H. RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) pipe.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same
area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty
locations, and elevations.

C. Field quality-control test reports.

D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water
mains and backflow prevention.
2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping,
including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection.
3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water-service
piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing.

B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.

D. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-
service-main products.

E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve
and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression.

F. NSF Compliance:

1. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic
water.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following:

1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion.
2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces.
3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling.

B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following:

1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage.
2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew-
point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when
outdoor storage is necessary.

C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift.
Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or
rigging points.

D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and
handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.

E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural
capacity of floor when storing inside.

F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied


by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed


interruption of service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Construction
Manager's written permission.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K, water tube, annealed temper.

1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,


wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if
indicated.
2. Copper, Pressure-Seal Fittings:

a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM O-ring seal in each end.
b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Bronze fitting with stainless-steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring
seal in each end.

B. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if
required to match piping.

C. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket,


metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.

2.2 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot
end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated.

1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard


pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.

B. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end
unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated.

1. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern


or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.

C. Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125, cast iron.

2.3 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS

A. Ductile-Iron Rigid Expansion Joints:

1. Description: Three-piece, ductile-iron assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve with


gaskets and restrained-type, ductile-iron, bell-and-spigot end sections complying with
AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Select and assemble components for expansion
indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.

a. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.

B. Ductile-Iron Flexible Expansion Joints:

1. Description: Compound, ductile-iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical-


joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include two gasketed ball-joint
sections and one or more gasketed sleeve sections. Assemble components for offset
and expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and
steel bolts.

a. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.

C. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings:

1. Description: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and 1 or 2 flexing


sections for up to 15-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends complying with
AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets,
and steel bolts.

a. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.

2.4 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for commonly used joining
materials.

B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series.

2.5 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least
equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

B. Tubular-Sleeve Pipe Couplings:

1. Description: Metal, bolted, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, with center


sleeve, gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners and with ends of same sizes as piping to
be joined.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. Standard: AWWA C219.


b. Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard.
c. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber.
d. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.
e. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

C. Split-Sleeve Pipe Couplings:

1. Description: Metal, bolted, split-sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling with sealing


pad and closure plates, O-ring gaskets, and bolt fasteners.

a. Standard: AWWA C219.


b. Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard.
c. Sleeve Dimensions: Of thickness and width required to provide pressure rating.
d. Gasket Material: O-rings made of EPDM rubber, unless otherwise indicated.
e. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.
f. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

D. Flexible Connectors:

1. Nonferrous-Metal Piping: Bronze hose covered with bronze wire braid; with copper-tube,
pressure-type, solder-joint ends or bronze flanged ends brazed to hose.
2. Ferrous-Metal Piping: Stainless-steel hose covered with stainless-steel wire braid; with
ASME B1.20.1, threaded steel pipe nipples or ASME B16.5, steel pipe flanges welded to
hose.

E. Dielectric Fittings: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, or plain end
types; and matching piping system materials.

1. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated union assembly, designed for 250-psig minimum


working pressure at 180 deg F. Include insulating material that isolates dissimilar metals
and ends with inside threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
2. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure to suit system pressures.
3. Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled companion-flange assembly, full-face
or ring type. Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene
bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.

a. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure to suit system pressures.

4. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel couplings with inert and noncorrosive


thermoplastic lining, with threaded ends and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
deg F.
5. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipples with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic
lining, with combination of plain, threaded, or grooved end types, and 300-psig minimum
working pressure at 225 deg F.

2.6 CORROSION-PROTECTION PIPING ENCASEMENT

A. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping:

1. Standards: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.


2. Form: Sheet or tube.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch minimum thickness, or high-density, crosslaminated


PE film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness.

2.7 GATE VALVES

A. AWWA, Cast-Iron Gate Valves:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers


offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products approved by
the utility.
3. Nonrising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:

a. Description: Gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray- or ductile-
iron gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut.

1) Standard: AWWA C509.


2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
3) End Connections: Mechanical joint.
4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

4. Nonrising-Stem, High-Pressure, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:

a. Description: Ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or ductile-iron gate,


resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut.

1) Standard: AWWA C509.


2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 250 psig.
3) End Connections: Push on or mechanical joint.
4) Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

5. OS&Y, Rising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves:

a. Description: Cast- or ductile-iron body and bonnet, with bronze or gray- or ductile-
iron gate, resilient seats, and bronze stem.

1) Standard: AWWA C509.


2) Minimum Pressure Rating: 200 psig.
3) End Connections: Flanged.

2.8 GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES

A. Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products approved by


the utility.
2. Description: Sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine.

a. Standard: MSS SP-60.


b. Tapping Sleeve: Cast- or ductile-iron or stainless-steel, two-piece bolted sleeve
with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Include sleeve matching size and
type of pipe material being tapped and with recessed flange for branch valve.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

c. Valve: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, metal-seated gate valve with one raised
face flange mating tapping-sleeve flange.

B. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section,
adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER,"
and bottom section with base that fits over valve and with a barrel approximately 5 inches in
diameter.

1. Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate
deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut.

C. Indicator Posts: UL 789, FMG-approved, vertical-type, cast-iron body with operating wrench,
extension rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of burial of valve.

2.9 CORPORATION VALVES AND CURB VALVES

A. Manufacturers:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products approved by


the utility.

B. Service-Saddle Assemblies: Comply with AWWA C800. Include saddle and valve compatible
with tapping machine.

1. Service Saddle: Copper alloy with seal and AWWA C800, threaded outlet for corporation
valve.
2. Corporation Valve: Bronze body and ground-key plug, with AWWA C800, threaded inlet
and outlet matching service piping material.
3. Manifold: Copper fitting with two to four inlets as required, with ends matching
corporation valves and outlet matching service piping material.

C. Curb Valves: Comply with AWWA C800. Include bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, and
wide tee head, with inlet and outlet matching service piping material.

D. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to AWWA M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes.
Include cast-iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with
lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over curb valve and with a barrel
approximately 3 inches in diameter.

1. Shutoff Rods: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest
buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve.

2.10 WATER METERS

A. Water meters will be furnished by utility company.

2.11 WATER METER BOXES

A. Description: Cast-iron body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER
METER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping.

1. Option: Base section may be cast-iron, PVC, clay, or other pipe.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Description: Polymer-concrete body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering
"WATER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service
piping. Include vertical and lateral design loadings of 15,000 lb minimum over 10 by 10 inches
square.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EARTHWORK

A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following
applications.

B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure
rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping.

D. Flanges, unions, and special fittings may be used, instead of joints indicated, on aboveground
piping and piping in vaults.

E. Underground water-service piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 3 shall be any of the following:

1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; copper, pressure-seal fittings; and pressure-
sealed joints.

F. Water Meter Box Water-Service Piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 2 shall be same as underground water-
service piping.

G. Underground Fire-Service-Main Piping NPS 4 to NPS 12 shall be any of the following:

1. Ductile-iron, mechanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron, mechanical-joint fittings; and mechanical


joints.

3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for NPS 3 and larger underground
installation. Use threaded- or flanged-end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FMG,
nonrising-stem gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use corporation valves and curb
valves with ends compatible with piping, for NPS 2 and smaller installation.

3.4 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. See Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for piping-system common
requirements.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in
water main.

B. Water-Main Connection: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company
and of size and in location indicated. Coordinate exact location with water utility company.

C. Make connections larger than NPS 2 with tapping machine according to the following:

1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60.


2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve.
3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main.
Remove tapping machine and connect water-service piping.
4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem
pointing up and with valve box.

D. Make connections NPS 2 and smaller with drilling machine according to the following:

1. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and


arrangement required by utility company standards.
2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for
corporation valves.
3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves.
Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping.
4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies.
5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main.
6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with service box.

E. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation.

1. Install PE corrosion-protection encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.


2. Install copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

F. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.

1. Install PE corrosion-protection encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

G. Install PE pipe according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 645.

H. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 30 inches, with top at least 12 inches below
level of maximum frost penetration, and according to the following:

I. Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other
obstructions that cannot be disturbed.

J. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping


systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated.

1. Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building-water-piping systems are


installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material.
Make connections to building-water-piping systems when those systems are installed.

K. Sleeves are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 9


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

L. Mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods."

M. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction.
Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports.

N. See Division 13 Section "Fire-Suppression Piping" for fire-suppression-water piping inside the
building.

O. See Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for potable-water piping inside the building.

3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. See Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction.

B. Make pipe joints according to the following:

1. Copper-Tubing, Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use proprietary crimping tool and procedure


recommended by copper, pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer.
2. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: AWWA C600 and
AWWA M41.
3. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194.
4. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials,
with OD, and with system working pressure. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic
Materials and Methods" for joining piping of dissimilar metals.

3.7 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION

A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and
restrained-joint types that may be used include the following:

1. Concrete thrust blocks.


2. Locking mechanical joints.
3. Set-screw mechanical retainer glands.
4. Bolted flanged joints.
5. Heat-fused joints.
6. Pipe clamps and tie rods.

B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches.
Include anchorages for the following piping systems:

1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600.


2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M23.
3. Bonded-Joint Fiberglass, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M45.
4. Fire-Service-Main Piping: According to NFPA 24.

C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed
ferrous anchorage devices.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 10


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground
valve with stem pointing up and with valve box.

B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44.

C. UL/FMG, Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in
vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post.

D. UL/FMG, Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24.

E. MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system.

F. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: Install each underground curb valve with head pointed up
and with service box.

G. Pressure-Reducing Valves: Install in vault or aboveground between shutoff valves.

H. Relief Valves: Comply with AWWA C512. Install aboveground with shutoff valve on inlet.

3.9 WATER METER INSTALLATION

A. Install water meters, piping, and specialties according to utility company's written instructions.

3.10 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS

A. Rough-in piping and specialties for water meter installation according to utility company's written
instructions.

3.11 VACUUM BREAKER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

A. Install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include
valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and
authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Do not install pressure vacuum breaker assemblies in vault or other space subject to flooding.

3.12 WATER METER BOX INSTALLATION

A. Install water meter boxes in paved areas flush with surface.

B. Install water meter boxes in grass or earth areas with top 2 inches above surface.

3.13 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 2 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 11


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. See Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for piping connections to valves and
equipment.

C. Connect water-distribution piping to utility water main. Use water utility approved tapping
method: tapping sleeve and tapping valve or service clamp and corporation valve.

D. Connect water-distribution piping to interior domestic water and fire-suppression piping.

3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks
have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to
stabilize system. Use only potable water.

B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours.

1. Increase pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint between increments.
Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig. Slowly increase again to test
pressure and hold for 1 more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per
100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is
within allowed limits.

C. Prepare reports of testing activities.

3.15 IDENTIFICATION

A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for
underground water-distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping.
Underground warning tapes are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

B. Permanently attach equipment nameplate or marker indicating plastic water-service piping, on


main electrical meter panel. See Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for
identifying devices.

3.16 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows:

1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have
been altered, extended, or repaired before use.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if
method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in
NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty
water does not appear at points of outlet.
3. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if
method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in
AWWA C651 or do as follows:

a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm
of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours.

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 12


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine
solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3
hours.
c. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine
remains in water coming from system.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination.

B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

END OF SECTION 02510

WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 13


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 02552 - GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes piping for vertical, direct-buried, ground-loop, heat-pump systems
that operate between 23 and 104 deg F.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum


working pressure, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Ground-Loop, Heat-Pump Piping: 160 psig.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Pipe and fittings.


2. Joining method and equipment.
3. Propylene glycol solution.

B. Field quality-control test reports.

1.5 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Geothermal Loop contractor must have an IGSHPA certified installer on staff.

B. Persons fusing pipe must have a current fusing certification from any major pipe
manufacturer.

C. Driller must be licensed in Virginia and carry a class A license with a Water Well
Provider (WWP) designation.

D. Driller must use Master Tradesman drillers regulated by the VA Department of


Professional and Occupation Regulation (DPOR).

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS

A. Piping from Vault to Well Field and piping in Wells: 1” RAUPEX UV Shield pipe or equal
cross linked polyethylene tubing, factory formed into a RAUGEO 4-pipe probeu-bend,
or equal, at the base of the loop. Vertical sections of pipe shall be one piece. Pipe
spacers shall be installed every five feet in each well. Pipes shall be manufacturered
using a high-pressure peroxide method for cross-linked polyethylene (Engel method
PEXa). All PEXa pipes shall also meet the requirements of ASTM F2023 for chlorine
resistance. RAUGEO 4-pipe probe u-bend shall be encased in a high strength polyester
resin. Pipe shall be rated for continuous operation at 160 psig @73 degrees F and 100
psig at 180 degrees F. Two 1-inch: diameter pipe loops shall be installed in each well to
increase heat transfer per well. Each supply and each return at the top of each
borehole shall be joined to 1-1/4” PEXa pipe supply and return piping to connect the
manifold in the vault to the well.

1. General, Cross-linked polyethylene tubing shall be manufactured by the high-


pressure peroxide method (known as PEXa), and shall conform to ASTM
Standard Specifications F-876, and F-877 or D-2513, or DIN 16892 and 16893.
Polymer electro-fusion fittings for PEXa pipes of each dimensional specification
shall conform to ASTM F-1055 or ISO 14531-2; metal cold-expansion
compression-sleeve fittings shall conform to ASTM F-2080.
2. Tubing Material PEXa material shall be high-density cross-linked polyethylene
manufactured using the high-pressure peroxide method of cross-linking with a
minimum degree of cross-linking of 75% when tested in accordance with ASTM
D-2765, Method B. The tubing material designation code as defined in ASTM F-
876 shall be PEX 1006 or PEX 1008.
3. Polymer electro-fusion fitting material. Polymer electron-fusion fitting shall be
manufactured using a material in accordance to IGSHPA Standard 1C.2.2.
4. Dimensions: PEXa tubing shall be manufactured in accordance to the
dimensional specifications of ASTM F-876, and F-877 with a minimum working
pressure rating of 160 psi (1.103 MPa) at 73.4°F (23°C).
5. Table of Working Pressure Ratings of water filled tubing at 73.4°F (23°C) for DR-
PR PEX 1006 or PEX 1008 Plastic Pipe.

a) Dimension Ratio Pressure Rating, psi


9 160

6. Fittings. All fittings used with PEXa tubing intended for geothermal applications
shall be polymer electro-fusion fittings or cold expansion compression-sleeve
metal fittings. Polymer electro-fusion fittings shall conform with ASTM F-1055 or
ISO 14531-2 whereas cold-expansion compression sleeve fittings shall conform
with ASTM F-2080, and shall have a minimum inside diameter of 82% of inside
pipe diameter.

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

7. Markings. Required product standard information shall be marked on PEXa tubing and
fittings as defined by the appropriate products standard specifications.
8. Provide miscellaneous caps, means to protect well, and markings for well location.
9. Provide PVC bend guides where exposed piping makes 90 degree bends.
10. Two 1-inch: diameter pipe loops shall be installed in each well to increase heat transfer
per well.

B. Provide RAUGEO 3” polymer manifold manufactured from polypropylene pipe and fittings which
meet or exceed ASTM F-2389. Each manifold shall include a fill/vent cock and tridicator to
measure pressure and temperature. Each drop shall provide a flow gauge and include a 1-1/4”
metal compression-sleeve adapter, conforming to ASTM F-2080 to connect the 1-1/4” CTS
pipe.

1. Provide each manifold with:

a. Tridicator
b. Integral flow gauges
c. Fill/vent cock

2. Provide additional specialties in piping valve box:

a. Supply and Return Manifold Circuit Isolation Valves


b. Manifold Supply and Return Isolation Valves

C. Piping from Building to Geothermal Heat Pump Vault Manifold(s) (HDPE): Pipe and fittings shall
be manufactured from high density, high molecular weight, PE3408 polyethylene resin, which
meets or exceeds ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464C, and is listed by the Plastic Pipe
Institute in PPI TR-4 with HDB ratings of 1600 psi at 73 degrees F and 800 psi at 140 degrees
F. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 3035. Molded Fittings are
manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 3261 (butt outlet), and ASTM D2683 (socket outlet).
Electrofusion fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F-1055 and mechanical
fittings in accordance with ASTM D-1924, Section 3.1.6.1.

1. Clean rework material from the manufacturer’s own production may be used provided the
pipe or fittings meet all requirements of this specification. Recycled and reclaimed
material from outside the manufacturer’s plant shall not be used.
2. Approved joining methods are heat fusion, electrofusion, flanging, transition fittings, and
approved mechanical stab fittings. Persons performing heat fusion shall be qualified in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommended fusion joining procedures. Electrofusion
and mechanical joints shall be made in accordance with the fitting manufacturer’s
instructions.
3. Pipe used to fabricate HDPE fabricated fittings shall comply with the dimensions and
tolerances as specified in ASTM F714. HDPE Fabricated fittings shall be fabricated of
pipe and plate materials consisting of virgin resin in accordance with the material
specifications listed in ASTM D1248. HDPE PE3408 fabricated fittings utilize materials
extruded or molded from a Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P-3-4 resin with a cell
class of 345434C as state in ASTM D3350 and are compatible for heat fusion with any
pipe manufactured from a like or similar resin.
4. Fabricated Fitting Pressure Ratings: Provide fully Pressure Rated – meets or exceeds the
minimum required system design pressure. Generally, this is accomplished by utilizing
pipe with a thicker wall than the adjoining pipe. It can also be accomplished by fiberglass
wrapping or reinforcing the fabricated fittings.

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

5. Valves: Polyethylene ball valve shall be PE2406 or 3408 suitable for hdpe pipe
applications including water. The valve shall be rated at 160 PSI for water application at
70 degrees F. Valve ends shall be extra long for butt, socket, or electrofusion
applications, and the valve shall close with only ¼ turn. When the valve is in the closed
position, the seating shall be maximized as the pressure from the ball is forced against
the seat. Valves shall meet or exceed ASSI B-16.40, ASTM D2513, DOT part 192, and
are manufactured in accordance with ISO 9002, a total quality management system.
6. Provide transition fittings as required to connect to steel, copper, and RUAGEO piping.

2.2 BOREHOLE BACKFILL

A. Grout: Fully grout each borehole with thermally enhanced grout with a thermal conductivity (K
value) greater than 1.05 Btu/h x sq. ft. x deg F, subject to State and Local approval for such
use.

1. Record for each borehole the quantity of bags of grout mix used for each hole every day.
Provide records to the construction manager daily.

B. Backfill below Surface Seal: Natural or manufactured sand specified in Division 2 Section
"Earthwork."

2.3 ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION

A. Propylene Glycol: Minimum 20 percent propylene glycol with corrosion inhibitors and
environmental stabilizer additives to be mixed with water to protect the piping circuit and
connected equipment from physical damage from freezing or corrosion.

B. Quantity: Sufficient solution for initial system startup and for preventive maintenance for one
year from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Dilution Water: Chloride content shall be less than 25 ppm, sulfate less than 25 ppm, and
hardness less than 100 ppm.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WORK PREPARATION

A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine if existing underground utilities are located in the
proposed borehole site. Contractor shall repair piping damaged during Work and return the
utility to service.

B. Provide proper site protection for the moving, setting up, operating, and removing of the drill rig
including protection to curbs and sidewalks, protection to existing trees, shrubs, and lawn,
drilling mud sediment basins, erosion control barriers, etc. Notify the Owner of obstacles to the
drilling operation before actions are taken to remove obstacles.

3.2 EARTHWORK

A. Excavating, trenching, warning tape, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section
"Earthwork."

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.3 HORIZONTAL PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Separate trenches by 10 feet minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Remove rocks in trenches
that could contact pipe.

B. Backfill to minimum 30 inches above pipe with mud developed from excavated rock-free soil or
with sand, pea gravel, or fly ash. Backfill from slurry level to grade with excavated soil,
compacting as specified for pipe burial in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

C. Install HPPE piping in trenches according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM F 645.

1. Clean PE pipe and fittings and make heat-fusion joints according to ASTM D 2657.
Minimize number of joints.
2. Heating Surface temperature: 490°-510° F. The use of an insulated heat shield is
recommended for this fusion.
3. Clean and Secure the pipe ends. Clean each pipe end with a clean cotton cloth or paper
towel. Remove all foreign matter. Install and secure the ends in the machine. The ends
should protrude past the clamps enough so that facing will be complete. Tighten the
clamps to prevent slippage of the pipe.
4. Face and Align. Place the facing tool into the unit between the ends and face them to
establish smooth, clean parallel mating surfaces. Remove the facing tool and bring the
ends together. DO NOT TOUCH THE PIPE ENDS AFTER FACING. Check alignment
and adjust if needed. Always tighten the high side never loosen the low side. Ends should
be squared and aligned with no gaps between the ends. Reface if adjustment is made.
5. Melt. Verify the heating tool is maintaining the correct temperature. Install the insulated
heat shield between the PE 3408 end and the heating tool, bring the ends together
against the heating tool and hold contact without force. After the pipe has achieved
approximately ½ of the proper melt bead size, remove the insulated heat shield and bring
the PE 3408 pipe into contact with the heating tool and continue heating for the proper
melt bead size on the PE 3408 pipe.
6. Joining and Inspection. When the proper melt bead size is formed, quickly separate the
ends and remove the heating tool. Quickly inspect (within approximately 3 seconds) the
melted ends, which should be flat, smooth and completely melted. Bring the melted ends
together and apply enough joining force* to roll the melted beads over to the pipe
surface. NOTE: The pipe side of the bead may not roll completely down against the pipe
surface. The PE 3408 melt bead must be rolled completely down against the pipe
surface.
7. Cooling. Allow the fusion joint to cool properly (until cool to the touch). Cool for about 30-
90 seconds per inch of pipe diameter. DO NOT TRY TO SHORTEN THE COOLING
TIME BY APPLYING WATER OR WET CLOTHS.

D. Purge, flush, and pressure test piping before backfilling trenches.

E. Install continuous detectable warning tape for underground piping. Locate tape a minimum of
24 inches below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified
in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."

F. Extend HDPE main to connect to building condenser water distribution system. Provide
temporary guard or enclosure to protect the heat exchanger stub until final connections are
made.

G. Common piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Materials
and Methods."

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.4 VERTICAL PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Install PEX piping in boreholes according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM F 645.

1. PEXa tubing may not be butt-fused or socket-fused to fittings. Polymer electro-fusion


fittings may be used with PEXa tubing when installed in accordance with manufacturer’s
published procedures. Cold-expansion compression-sleeve fittings may be used for all
PEXa connections when installed according to the manufacturer’s published procedures
and is permitted to be direct buried with manufacturer approved corrosion covering.

B. The Contractor shall install piping in accordance with International Ground Source Heat Pump
Association (IGSHPA) certified methods and utilizing IGSPHA certified technicians. After
installation of the heat exchanger, the Contractor shall pressure grout the bore hole with
thermally enhanced grout, Thermal grout 85, or Grout Mix 111, subject to state EPA approval.

C. Purge, flush, and pressure test piping before backfilling boreholes with grout.

D. After installation of loop pipe in borehole, fill piping loop with antifreeze solution and pressure
test piping.

E. Pump backfill grout into borehole to discharge at base of borehole using a tremie pump. Fill
borehole with backfill to a point at least 30 inches below grade and backfill remainder with
surface seal material.

F. Connect four (4), 1-inch REHAU PEXa continuous pipes leaving borehole in trench with “Y”-
reducer connections using REHAU Everlock compression sleeve fittings. Reduce two (2), 1-inch
supply to one (1), 1 ¼-inch supply and two (2), 1-inch return to one (1) 1 ¼-inch return pipe.

G. Extend PEXa 1 1/4 –inch vertical supply and return pipes from each borehole and connect to
HDPE horizontal water-source, ground-loop, heat-pump piping system in vault in locations with
pipe sizes indicated.

3.5 ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION FILL

A. Fill system with required quantity of propylene glycol and water.

B. Test the dilute solution using gas chromatography to verity concentration of propylene glycol,
and forward report to Architect.

3.6 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Piping Tests: Fill piping 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize piping. Use
potable water only.

B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times the pipe working-pressure rating allowing
for static pressure of borehole depth.

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Increase pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint between increments.
Hold at test pressure for 30 minutes. Slowly increase to next test pressure increment and
hold for 30 minutes. After testing at maximum test pressure, reduce pressure to 30 psig.
Hold for 90 minutes, and measure pressure at 30-minute intervals. Repair leaks and
retest until no leaks exist.

C. Prepare reports of testing activity.

END OF SECTION 02552

GROUND-LOOP, HEAT-PUMP PIPING 02552 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 02920 - LAWNS AND GRASSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Seeding.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 2 Section “Earthwork” for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough
grading.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.

B. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.

C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.

D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or mixture
stating the botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety,
and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date
of packaging.

C. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers.

LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.6 SCHEDULING

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit.

1.7 LAWN MAINTENANCE

A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is
established, but for not less than the following periods:

1. Seeded Lawns: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion.

a. When full maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if
lawn is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season.

B. Maintain and establish lawn by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and
other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a
uniformly smooth lawn.

C. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn-watering equipment to
convey water from sources and to keep lawn uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches.

1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or


mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted
areas.
2. Water lawn at a minimum rate of 1 inch per week.

D. Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
height without cutting more than 40 percent of grass height. Remove no more than 40 percent
of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades
bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet.

E. Lawn Post Fertilization: Apply fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry.

1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to lawn area.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SEED

A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed
Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances.

B. Seed Species: State-certified seed of grass species, to match predominant type in existing
lawn.

2.2 TOPSOIL

A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 4 percent organic material content;
free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant
growth.

LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Topsoil Source: Amend existing in-place surface soil to produce topsoil. Verify suitability
of surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay
lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.

a. Surface soil may be supplemented with imported or manufactured topsoil from off-
site sources. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or
mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from
agricultural land, bogs or marshes.

2.3 PLANTING ACCESSORIES

A. Selective Herbicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended by manufacturer for
application.

2.4 MULCHES

A. Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed straw of
wheat, rye, oats, or barley.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other
conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
plantings from damage caused by planting operations.

B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of


soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

3.3 LAWN PREPARATION

A. Limit lawn subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.

B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches, remove stones
larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and
legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

1. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 4 inches but not less than required to meet finish
grades after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or
subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.

LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. Spread approximately one-half the thickness of planting soil mix over loosened
subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 2 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of
planting soil mix.
b. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.

C. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove
ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be
planted in the immediate future.

D. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface
to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.

E. Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting.

3.4 SEEDING

A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind
velocity exceeds 5 mph. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at
right angles to each other.

1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged.

B. Sow seed at the recommended rate per square foot for the grass specie used.

C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of topsoil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray.

D. Protect seeded areas with slopes not exceeding 1:6 by spreading straw mulch. Spread
uniformly at a minimum rate of 2 tons/acre to form a continuous blanket 1-1/2 inches in loose
depth over seeded areas. Spread by hand, blower, or other suitable equipment.

1. Anchor straw mulch by crimping into topsoil with suitable mechanical equipment.

E. Protect seeded areas from hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying topsoil within 24 hours
after completing seeding operations. Soak and scatter uniformly to a depth of 3/16 inch and roll
to a smooth surface.

3.5 LAWN RENOVATION

A. Renovate existing lawn.

B. Renovate existing lawn damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage of materials or


equipment and movement of vehicles.

1. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is


required.

C. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury in soil.

D. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including oil
drippings, fuel spills, stone, gravel, and other construction materials, and replace with new
topsoil.

LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Mow, dethatch, core aerate, and rake existing lawn.

F. Remove weeds before seeding. Where weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as
required. Do not use pre-emergence herbicides.

G. Remove waste and foreign materials, including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf,
and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

H. Till stripped, bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches.

I. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers required for establishing new lawns and mix
thoroughly into top 4 inches of existing soil. Provide new planting soil to fill low spots and meet
finish grades.

J. Apply seed and protect with straw mulch as required for new lawns.

K. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new lawn is established.

3.6 SATISFACTORY LAWNS

A. Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of
grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding
90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches.

B. Reestablish lawns that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until lawns
are satisfactory.

3.7 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION

A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn work from paved areas. Clean wheels of
vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.

B. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic.
Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period and remove after lawn is established.

C. Remove erosion-control measures after grass establishment period.

END OF SECTION 02920

LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 03301 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix
design, placement procedures, and finishes.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301.

B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.

C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete


products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same
manufacturer.

D. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."

E. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes.

F. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, unless
modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure,


and protection of in-place concrete.
2. Formwork and form accessories.
3. Steel reinforcement and supports.
4. Concrete mixtures.
5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FORMWORK

A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.

2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel
wire into flat sheets.

2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Types I or II or Type I/II.

B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded.

C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330, 1/2-inch (13-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size.

D. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.

2.4 ADMIXTURES

A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

2.5 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Fine-Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and
manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, #57 stone, complying with deleterious substance
limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates.

B. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or
self-expanding cork.

C. Sealer: Apply concrete sealer by Euclid or approved equal over all new concrete work, other
than floor slab.

2.6 CURING MATERIALS

A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application


to fresh concrete.

B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

C. Water: Potable.

D. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,


Type 1, Class A.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.

2.7 CONCRETE MIXES

A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures.

B. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, as


follows:

1. Minimum Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4,000 psi at 28 days.


2. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
3. Air Content: Maintain within range of 5 to 7 percent.

C. Light-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, as follows:

1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days.


2. Calculated Equilibrium Unit Weight: 110 lb/cu. ft. plus or minus 3 lb/cu. ft. as determined
by ASTM C 567.
3. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 2 percent at point of delivery for nominal maximum
aggregate size greater than 3/8 inch.
5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of troweled finished floors to exceed 3 percent.

2.8 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/ C
94M, and furnish batch ticket information:

1. When air temperature is between 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FORMWORK

A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.

3.2 VAPOR RETARDER

A. Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in
position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.

B. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.

3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting
reinforcement.

1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.

3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 301 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing
concrete.

B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to
limitations of ACI 301.

C. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.

D. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.

3.5 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

A. Surface Finish (Floor Slab): Concrete finish shall be roughened as approved by Manufacturer’s
representative.

B. Related Unformed Surfaces (General): At curbs, catch basins, piers, and horizontal offsets, and
similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a
texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces
uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

3.6 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection, and follow recommendations
in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.

B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and
bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.

C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.

D. Curing Methods: Concrete shall be either water cured or cured using sodium silicate curing
compounds only. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a
combination of the following methods:

1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:

a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover


for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at
least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven
days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material
and waterproof tape.

3. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity
of coating and repair damage during curing period.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample
materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to
requirements specified in this Article.

B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301.

1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample shall be obtained for each day’s pour of each
concrete mix.

3.8 REPAIRS

A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section.

END OF SECTION 03301

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 04220 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Concrete masonry units.


2. Mortar and grout.
3. Steel reinforcing bars.
4. Masonry joint reinforcement.
5. Miscellaneous masonry accessories.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s).

B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28
days.

1. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area


compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method)
according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
2. Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms
according to ASTM C 1314.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For the following:

1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes.
2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars.
Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Show
elevations of reinforced walls.

C. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated.

B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and
color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single
source from single manufacturer for each product required.

C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,
including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious
component and from single source or producer for each aggregate.

D. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements
in the Contract Documents.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an
enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If
units become wet, do not install until they are dry.

B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not
use cementitious materials that have become damp.

C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.

D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with
dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms,
under cover, and in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos.

E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt
and oil.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with
waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when
construction is not in progress.

1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides of walls and hold cover
securely in place.

B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least
three days after building masonry walls or columns.

C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left
exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such
masonry.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading
coverings on ground and over wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and
integral finishes, from mortar droppings.
4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from
splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.

D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by
frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained
in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F (4 deg C) and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than
7 days after completing cleaning.

E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in


ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Regional Materials: Provide CMUs that have been manufactured within 500 miles (800 km) of
Project site from aggregates and cement that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as
well as manufactured, within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site.

B. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed
faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated.

1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers,
bonding, and other special conditions.
2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated.

C. CMUs: ASTM C 90.

1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive
strength of 2500psi .
2. Density Classification: Normal weight.
3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions.

D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.

E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.

1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or
crushed stone.
2. For joints less than 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent
passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.
3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.
4. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to
produce required mortar color.

F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

G. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with


ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of
composition indicated.

H. Water: Potable.

2.2 REINFORCEMENT

A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60
(Grade 420).

B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single
pair of side rods.

2.3 TIES AND ANCHORS

A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that
comply with the following unless otherwise indicated.

1. Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 641/A 641M,
Class 1 coating.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M; with ASTM A 153/A 153M,
Class B-2 coating.
3. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, [Type 304].
4. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60 (Z180) zinc
coating.
5. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel,
with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating.
6. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, [Type 304].
7. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
8. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276 or ASTM A 666, Type 304.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene

B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound,


complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 and designed to fit standard sash
block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated.

C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226,
Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).

D. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry
unit cells and hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch (3.77-
mm) steel wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars
indicated.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; D/A 810, D/A 812 or D/A 817.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner.


c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #RB or #RB-Twin Rebar Positioner.
d. Wire-Bond; O-Ring or Double O-Ring Rebar Positioner.

2.5 MASONRY-CELL INSULATION

A. Loose-Granular Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type II (surface treated for
water repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surface treated for water
repellency and to limit dust generation).

B. Molded-Polystyrene Insulation Units: Rigid, cellular thermal insulation formed by the expansion
of polystyrene-resin beads or granules in a closed mold to comply with ASTM C 578, Type I.
Provide specially shaped units designed for installing in cores of masonry units.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

a. Concrete Block Insulating Systems; Korfil.


b. Shelter Enterprises Inc.; Omni Core.

2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,


retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise
indicated.

1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.


2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated.
3. For reinforced masonry, use portland cement-limemortar.
4. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to
view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.

B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients
before delivering to Project site.

C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. Provide the
following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to
provide required compressive strength of masonry.

1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S.


2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S
3. For mortar parge coats, use Type S.

D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.

1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will
comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces
and pour height.
2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1.
3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to
ASTM C 143/C 143M.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental
to performance of work.
2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified.
3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed.

B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections.

B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing
equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening.

C. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous
pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,
unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut
units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

3.3 TOLERANCES

A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:

1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch (12
mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/2 inch (12 mm).
3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/4 inch (6 mm) in a story height or 1/2 inch (12 mm) total.

B. Lines and Levels:

1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary
from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6
m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6
mm in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and
expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet (3
mm in 3 m), 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in
3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (9 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.
6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum.

C. Joints:

1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch
(3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch (12 mm).
2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more
than 1/8 inch (3 mm).
3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8
inch (9 mm) or minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus
1/8 inch (3 mm).

3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at
other locations.

B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in
running bond; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face
dimensions at corners or jambs.

C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less
than 4-inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with
less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in
course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive
mortar before laying fresh masonry.

E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections.
Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.

G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of
metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.

H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels,
posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated.

3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay hollow CMUs as follows:

1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on
footings.
4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on
footings where cells are not grouted.

B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient
mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head
joints.

C. Set cast-stone trim units in full bed of mortar with full vertical joints. Fill dowel, anchor, and
similar holes.

1. Clean soiled surfaces with fiber brush and soap powder and rinse thoroughly with clear
water.
2. Allow cleaned surfaces to dry before setting.
3. Wet joint surfaces thoroughly before applying mortar.

D. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness unless otherwise indicated.

E. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than
paint) unless otherwise indicated.

3.6 MASONRY-CELL INSULATION

A. Pour granular insulation into cavities to fill void spaces. Maintain inspection ports to show
presence of insulation at extremities of each pour area. Close the ports after filling has been
confirmed. Limit the fall of insulation to one story high, but not more than 20 feet (6 m).

B. Install molded-polystyrene insulation units into masonry unit cells before laying units.

3.7 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8
inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a
minimum of 6 inches (150 mm).

1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c.


2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) o.c. in foundation walls and
parapet walls.
3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above and below wall openings
and extending 12 inches (305 mm) beyond openings in addition to continuous
reinforcement.

B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated.

C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units.

D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.

E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns,
offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.8 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS

A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses.
Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-
plane wall or partition movement.

B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods:

1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint.
Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of
sealant.
2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block.
3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint.
Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant.
4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is
complete for application of sealant.

3.9 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION

A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support
reinforced masonry elements during construction.

1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as


indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace,
tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of
reinforced masonry.
2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during
construction.

B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough
strength to resist grout pressure.

1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout
placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.
2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches.

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections
and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to
perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements
shall be done at Contractor's expense.

B. Inspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the "International Building Code."

1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-
prepared mortar.
2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,
sizes, and locations of reinforcement.
3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 9


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests.

D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. (464 sq. m) of wall area or portion
thereof.

E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for
compressive strength.

F. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to
ASTM C 780.

G. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test
mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength.

H. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019.

I. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 28 days.

3.11 PARGING

A. Parge exterior faces of below-grade masonry walls, where indicated, in 2 uniform coats to a
total thickness of 3/4 inch (19 mm). Dampen wall before applying first coat and scarify first coat
to ensure full bond to subsequent coat.

B. Use a steel-trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface
variation of 1/8 inch per foot (3 mm per 300 mm). Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at
bottom.

C. Damp-cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured.

3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise
damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install
in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent
construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application,
where indicated.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape
hoes or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding
with cleaning of masonry.

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 10


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering
them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking
tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by
rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to
type of stain on exposed surfaces.

3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's
property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site.

B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil-
contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.

1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in each dimension.
2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of
masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.

C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 04220

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 - 11


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECKING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Noncomposite form deck.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for concrete fills.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck, signed by product manufacturer.

C. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.

D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For steel deck.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for
testing indicated.

B. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to
AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."

C. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of
steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content
is not less than 25 percent.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and
handling.

STEEL DECKING 05310 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a
waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.

1. Protect and ventilate acoustical cellular roof deck with factory-installed insulation to
maintain insulation free of moisture.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering


products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the


following:

1. Steel Deck:

a. ASC Profiles, Inc.


b. Canam Steel Corp.;The Canam Manac Group.
c. Consolidated Systems, Inc.
d. DACS, Inc.
e. D-Mac Industries Inc.
f. Epic Metals Corporation.
g. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc.
h. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC.
i. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Division.
j. Roof Deck, Inc.
k. United Steel Deck, Inc.
l. Valley Joist; Division of EBSCO Industries, Inc.
m. Verco Manufacturing Co.
n. Wheeling Corrugating Company; Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation.

2.2 NONCOMPOSITE FORM DECK

A. Noncomposite Steel Form Deck: Fabricate ribbed-steel sheet noncomposite form-deck panels
to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Noncomposite Steel Form Deck," in
SDI Publication No. 30, with the minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:

1. Uncoated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230)
minimum.
2. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33
(230) minimum, with top and underside surface shop primed with manufacturer's
standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer.

a. Color: Manufacturer's standard.

3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230),
G60 (Z180) zinc coating.

STEEL DECKING 05310 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

4. Galvanized and Shop-Primed Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS),
Grade 33 (230), G60 (Z180) zinc coating; cleaned, pretreated, and primed with
manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer.

a. Color: Manufacturer's standard.

5. Profile Depth: 9/16 inch.


6. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: 0.0295 inch.
7. Span Condition: Triple span or more.
8. Side Laps: Overlapped.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with
requirements indicated.

B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically


driven carbon-steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws.

C. Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel


screws, No. 10 (4.8-mm) minimum diameter.

D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.

E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000
psi, not less than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck;
of profile indicated or required for application.

F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, of same
material and finish as deck, and of thickness and profile recommended by SDI Publication
No. 30 for overhang and slab depth.

G. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material,
finish, and thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated.

H. Piercing Hanger Tabs: Piercing steel sheet hanger attachment devices for use with floor deck.

I. Recessed Sump Pans: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch (1.90 mm) thick, of same material
and finish as deck, with 3-inch- (76-mm-) wide flanges and level recessed pans of 1-1/2-inch
(38-mm) minimum depth. For drains, cut holes in the field.

J. Flat Sump Plate: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch (1.90 mm) thick, of same material and
finish as deck. For drains, cut holes in the field.

K. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.

L. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same color as primer.

STEEL DECKING 05310 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in
SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.

B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels, if required to meet deflection limitations.

C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.

D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned
and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract
side-lap interlocks.

1. Align cellular deck panels over full length of cell runs and align cells at ends of abutting
panels.

E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.

F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting
through or adjacent to deck.

G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength,
continuity of deck, and support of other work.

H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.

I. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical
fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 FLOOR-DECK INSTALLATION

A. Fasten floor-deck panels to supporting members by the method indicated in the drawing.

B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels
between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of half of the span or 36 inches (910
mm), and as follows:

1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 (4.8-mm-) diameter or larger, carbon-steel


screws.
2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.

C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2
inches (38 mm), with end joints as follows:

STEEL DECKING 05310 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. End Joints: Lapped.

D. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting
structure according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Floor-Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck,
according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of ribs and
sides of deck.

F. Install piercing hanger tabs at 14 inches (355 mm) apart in both directions, within 9 inches (228
mm) of walls at ends, and not more than 12 inches (305 mm) from walls at sides, unless
otherwise indicated.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field
tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.

C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.

E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of


corrected work with specified requirements.

3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of
deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written
instructions.

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 05310

STEEL DECKING 05310 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 05521 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Steel pipe and tube railings.

B. Related Sections:
1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for anchoring railings.
2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for painting steel railings.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Design railings, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified


professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable


design working stresses of railing materials based on the following:

1. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength.


2. Aluminum: The lesser of minimum yield strength divided by 1.65 or minimum ultimate
tensile strength divided by 1.95.
3. Stainless Steel: 60 percent of minimum yield strength.

C. Structural Performance: Railings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following
loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:

a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.


b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.

2. Infill of Guards:

a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.
(0.093 sq. m).
b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.

D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,
overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material
surfaces.

E. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals
and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings.


2. Railing brackets.
3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: Indicating percentages by weight of
postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content for products having recycled content.
Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.

C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or
design, including mechanical finishes on stainless steel.

E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.

1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails,
posts, and balusters.
2. Fittings and brackets.

F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance


requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

G. Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer.

H. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel products certifying that products


furnished comply with requirements.

I. Welding certificates.

J. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers
certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.

K. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified


testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,


"Structural Welding Code - Steel."

C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."


2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
3. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel."

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with
metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

1.7 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint
and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats
are compatible with one another.

B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items
with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to
Project site in time for installation.

C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support
railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering


products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Steel Pipe and Tube Railings:

a. Pisor Industries, Inc.


b. Wagner, R & B, Inc.; a division of the Wagner Companies.
c. Other approved manufacturers.

2.2 METALS, GENERAL

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller
marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.

B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as
supported rails unless otherwise indicated.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2.3 STEEL AND IRON

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content of steel
products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is
not less than 25 percent.

B. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513.

C. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedule 40), unless
another grade and weight are required by structural loads.

D. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

E. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless
otherwise indicated.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide the following:

1. Ungalvanized-Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633 or


ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5 for zinc coating.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel
fasteners complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329 for zinc coating.
3. Aluminum Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
4. Stainless-Steel Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.

B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and
class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of
construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads.

C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components:

1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching
them to other work, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors capable of


sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit
masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing
according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with


ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy Group 1
(A1) stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), and nuts, ASTM F 594
(ASTM F 836M).

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout


complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for
interior and exterior applications.

C. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion


cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching,
and grouting compound.

1. Water-Resistant Product: At exterior locations and where indicated provide formulation


that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or
waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions,
member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to
support structural loads.

B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly
mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain
structural value of joined pieces.

C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius
of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas
on exposed surfaces.

D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.

E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide
weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated.

H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings
designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness
shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces.

I. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with
concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system
of sleeve and socket fittings.

J. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings.
Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is
manufacturer's standard splicing method.

K. Form changes in direction as follows:

1. As detailed.

L. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain
cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or
otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.

M. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.

N. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends
of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less.

O. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings,
and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated.

1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush-
resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural
supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate.

P. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry
work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings.
Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.

Q. For railing posts set in concrete, provide steel sleeves not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long
with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) greater than outside dimensions of post,
with metal plate forming bottom closure.

R. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of
open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated.

2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,


temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of
railings.

2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanized Railings:

1. Hot-dip galvanized exterior steel and iron railings, including hardware, after fabrication.
2. Hot-dip galvanize indicated steel and iron railings, including hardware, after fabrication.
3. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings.
4. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

5. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
6. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to
remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.

B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and
other ferrous components.

C. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of
grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner.

D. For nongalvanized steel railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-metal fittings, brackets,


fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or
masonry.

E. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
requirements indicated below:

1. Exterior Railings: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."


2. Railings Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial
Blast Cleaning."
3. Railings Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 9 Section "High-Performance
Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
4. Other Railings: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

F. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise
indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1:
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied
to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry.

1. Shop prime uncoated railings with primers specified in Division 9 painting Sections unless
zinc-rich primer is indicated.
2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.

G. Shop-Painted Finish: Comply with Division 9 Section "Exterior Painting."

1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify
that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate
reinforcements and mark locations if not already done.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.

B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in
location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or
finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other
means without further cutting or fitting.
2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m).
3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel
with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet (5
mm in 3 m).

C. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout,
concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.

E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for
securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.

3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS

A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored
to match finish of railings.

B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components.
Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is
performed in the shop or in the field.

C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than
required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint internal sleeve extending 2
inches (50 mm) beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and
locate joint within 6 inches (150 mm) of post.

3.4 ANCHORING POSTS

A. Use metal sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been
inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic
grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (20 mm) larger than
OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill
annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed
to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Leave anchorage joint exposed with 1/8-inch (3-mm) buildup, sloped away from post.

D. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by
conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows:

1. For aluminum pipe railings, attach posts using fittings designed and engineered for this
purpose.
2. For stainless-steel pipe railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to supporting surfaces.
3. For steel pipe railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to metal supporting surfaces.

E. Install removable railing sections, where indicated, in slip-fit metal sockets cast in concrete.

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.5 ATTACHING RAILINGS

A. Anchor railing ends at walls with round flanges anchored to wall construction and welded to
railing ends.

B. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Provide brackets
with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface.
Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads.

1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt.
2. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural
loads.

C. Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows:

1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger
or lag bolts.
2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.
3. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into studs or wood backing between
studs. Coordinate with carpentry work to locate backing members.
4. For steel-framed partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into fire-retardant-treated wood
backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installation to locate backing members.

3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Clean aluminum and stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and
rinsing with clean water.

B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness.

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective
coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of
Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 05521

PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 9


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Framing with dimension lumber.


2. Framing with timber.
3. Wood blocking and nailers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction.

B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5
inches nominal (114 mm actual) in least dimension.

C. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) or greater in least dimension.

D. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.


2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
3. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service.
4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component
materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and
certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate
type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained.
2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content
of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.
3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of
treatment.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air
circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency
is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency
certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the
ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for
moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed
sizes for dry lumber.
3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities


having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that
show compliance with building code in effect for Project.

2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER

A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2.

1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no


arsenic or chromium.

B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. Do not use
material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry
or concrete.
3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry
or concrete walls.
4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground in
crawlspaces or unexcavated areas.
5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade.

2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING

A. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent.

B. Framing:

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1. Southern pine; SPIB.

2.4 TIMBER FRAMING

A. Provide timber framing complying with the following requirements, according to grading rules of
grading agency indicated:
1. Species and Grade: Southern pine, No. 1 grade; SPIB.
2. Maximum Moisture Content: 20 percent.
3. Additional Restriction: Free of heart centers.

2.5 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS

A. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Structural composite lumber made from wood veneers with grain
primarily parallel to member lengths, evaluated and monitored according to ASTM D 5456 and
manufactured with an exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559 and containing no
urea formaldehyde.

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers


offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:

a. Boise Cascade Corporation.


b. Finnforest USA.
c. Georgia-Pacific.
d. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.
e. Pacific Woodtech Corporation.
f. Roseburg Forest Products Co.
g. Weldwood of Canada Limited; Subsidiary of International Paper Corporation.
h. Weyerhaeuser Company.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other
construction, including the following:

1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.

B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide No. 2 Standard grade lumber with 15 percent
maximum moisture content and the following species:
1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.

C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to
eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2.7 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified
in this Article for material and manufacture.

1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative


treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating
complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M).

F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6);
with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in
unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and
inspecting agency.

1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,


Class Fe/Zn 5.
2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade A1 or A4).

2.8 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering


products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the


following:

C. Basis-of-Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated


on Drawings or comparable products by one of the following:

1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc.


2. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
3. Harlen Metal Products, Inc.
4. KC Metals Products, Inc.
5. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
6. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc.
7. USP Structural Connectors.

D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M,
G60 (Z180) coating designation.

1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type [304] [316].

1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

F. Joist Hangers: U-shaped joist hangers with 2-inch- (50-mm-) long seat and 1-1/4-inch- (32-mm)
wide nailing flanges at least 85 percent of joist depth.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for
attaching other construction.

B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction,"
unless otherwise indicated.

C. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures,
specialty items, and trim.

1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where
framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips
not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center.

G. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with
fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with
function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or
optimum joint arrangement.

H. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated
lumber.

1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.

I. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:

1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.


2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
3. Table 23-II-B-1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof
Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in ICBO's Uniform Building Code.
4. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in BOCA's BOCA National Building Code.
5. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in SBCCI's Standard Building Code.

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

6. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2),
"Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family
Dwellings.
7. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3(2),
"Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code.

J. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully
penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.
Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not
countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated.

K. For exposed work, arrange fasteners in straight rows parallel with edges of members, with
fasteners evenly spaced, and with adjacent rows staggered.

3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION

A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated
and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other
work involved.

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install


continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.

D. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not


less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact
thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.

3.3 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION

A. General: Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2-inch nominal
(38-mm actual) thickness whose widths equal that of studs, except single top plate may be used
for non-load-bearing partitions and for load-bearing partitions where framing members bearing
on partition are located directly over studs. Fasten plates to supporting construction, unless
otherwise indicated.

B. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs, except that two studs may be
used for interior non-load-bearing partitions.

C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness
equal to width of studs. Support headers on jamb studs.

1. For non-load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs and headers not less than 4-
inch nominal (89-mm actual) depth for openings 48 inches (1200 mm) and less in width,
6-inch nominal (140-mm actual) depth for openings 48 to 72 inches (1200 to 1800 mm) in
width, 8-inch nominal (184-mm actual) depth for openings 72 to 120 inches (1800 to 3000
mm) in width, and not less than 10-inch nominal (235-mm actual) depth for openings 10
to 12 feet (3 to 3.6 m) in width.
2. For load-bearing walls, provide double-jamb studs for openings 60 inches (1500 mm) and
less in width, and triple-jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

indicated or, if not indicated, according to Table R502.5(1) or Table R502.5(2), as


applicable, in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite
protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet,
apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-
registered label.

END OF SECTION 06100

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Interior wood trim.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:

1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association.


2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority.
3. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
4. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
5. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on
end or back of each piece.

2.2 INTERIOR WOOD TRIM

A. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted): Finished lumber (S4S), either finger-jointed or solid
lumber, of one of the following species and grades:

1. Grade Finish or 2 Common eastern white pine; NELMA or NLGA.

MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Grade 1 Common (Colonial) Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; NLGA or
WWPA.

B. Moldings: Made to patterns included in WMMPA WM 7. Wood moldings made from kiln-dried
stock and graded according to WMMPA WM 4.

1. Moldings for Opaque Finish (Painted): P-grade eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole,
ponderosa, or sugar pine.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified
in this Article for material and manufacture.

B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.

C. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to
use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring,
nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other
construction.

C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber
and plywood.

D. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized
standards.

E. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.

F. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid
splitting wood.

3.2 WOOD TRIM INSTALLATION

A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths
of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long except where necessary.
Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope at returns and miter at
corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use
scarf joints for end-to-end joints.

1. Match color and grain pattern across joints.


2. Install trim after gypsum board joint-finishing operations are completed.

MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent
movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads and fill holes.
4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining finish
carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum
offset for reveal installation.

END OF SECTION 06105

MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Concealed building insulation.


2. Exposed building insulation.
3. Vapor retarders.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified


testing agency, for insulation products.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method
indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.

1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.


2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119.
3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling,
and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the


following:

1. Glass-Fiber Insulation:

a. CertainTeed Corporation.
b. Johns Manville Corporation.
c. Knauf Fiber Glass.
d. Owens Corning.

2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS

A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards.

1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's


standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.

B. Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III (blankets with reflective
membrane facing), Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame spread of 25 or less);
Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-
polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face; consisting of fibers manufactured from
glass.

1. Flanged Units: Provide blankets fabricated with facing incorporating 5 inch wide flanges
along edges for attachment to framing members.

C. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder


manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.

2.3 INSULATION FASTENERS

A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be


incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Anchors:

a. AGM Industries, Inc.; Series T TACTOO Insul-Hangers.


b. Eckel Industries of Canada Limited; Stic-Klip Type N Fasteners.
c. Gemco; Spindle Type.

2. Insulation-Retaining Washers:

a. AGM Industries, Inc.; RC150.


b. AGM Industries, Inc.; SC150.
c. Gemco; Dome-Cap.
d. Gemco; R-150.
e. Gemco; S-150.

BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3. Anchor Adhesives:

a. AGM Industries, Inc.; TACTOO Adhesive.


b. Eckel Industries of Canada Limited; Stic-Klip Type S Adhesive.
c. Gemco; Tuff Bond Hanger Adhesive.

C. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of


holding insulation of thickness indicated securely in position indicated with self-locking washer
in place; and complying with the following requirements:

1. Plate: Perforated galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square.
2. Spindle: Copper-coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.105 inch in diameter, length
to suit depth of insulation indicated.

D. Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to
substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and other conditions affecting
performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing


projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application
indicated.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any
time to ice and snow.

C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly
around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with
placement.

D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located on inside of insulated exterior walls,


coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation
encapsulates piping.

E. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are
otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.

BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION

A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written
instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use
mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.

B. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or
sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in
completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation
manufacturer.

C. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.

1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to
surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.

D. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following
requirements:

1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more
than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit
between ends.
2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between
edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches support unfaced
blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of
metal studs.

E. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as
follows:

1. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to
sides of framing members.
2. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent
blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is in place.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse,
and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to
abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after
installation.

END OF SECTION 07210

BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 07610 - SHEET METAL ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following custom-fabricated sheet metal roofing:


1. Standing-seam metal roofing.

B. Related Sections include the following:


1. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for secondary support framing
supporting new plywood roof sheathing.
2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry and Miscellaneous Carpentry" for new plywood roof
sheathing and wood framing.
3. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for roof insulation.
4. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for fasciae, copings, flashings and
other sheet metal work not part of sheet metal roofing.
5. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applied sheet metal roofing sealants.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Provide complete sheet metal roofing system, including, but not limited to, custom-
fabricated metal roof pans, cleats, clips, anchors and fasteners, sheet metal flashing and
drainage components related to sheet metal roofing, fascia panels, trim, underlayment, and
accessories as indicated and as required for a weathertight installation.

A. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide custom-fabricated sheet metal roofing capable of resisting the
following design negative uplift pressure. Provide clips, fasteners, and clip spacing of type
indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 3 times the design
negative uplift pressure.

1. Design Negative Uplift Pressure: 40 psf.

B. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal roofing that allows for thermal movements resulting
from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing
buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint
sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation
and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal roofing thermal movements. Base
engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C),
material surfaces.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal roofing that does not allow water infiltration to building
interior, with metal flashing and connections of sheet metal roofing lapped to allow moisture to
run over and off the material.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each product indicated. Include details of construction relative to materials,
dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of sheet metal roofing, including
plans, elevations, and keyed references to termination points. Distinguish between shop- and
field-assembled work. Include the following:

1. Details for forming sheet metal roofing, including seams and dimensions.
2. Details for joining and securing sheet metal roofing, including layout of fasteners, clips,
and other attachments. Include pattern of seams.
3. Details of termination points and assemblies, including fixed points.
4. Details of expansion joints, including showing direction of expansion and contraction.
5. Details of roof penetrations.
6. Details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and
counterflashings.
7. Details of special conditions.
8. Details of connections to adjoining work.
9. Details of the following accessory items, at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12
inches (1:10):

a. Flashing and trim.


b. Roof curbs.
c. Snow Guards.

C. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and roof-
mounted items. Show the following:

1. Sheet metal roofing and attachments.


2. Purlins and rafters.
3. Roof-mounted items including roof supports, pipe supports and penetrations, lightning
protection and snow guards.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal roofing indicated with factory-applied
color finishes.

1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection.

E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of
size indicated below:

1. Sheet Metal Roofing: 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual pan width, including finished
seam. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments.
2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed
accessories.
3. Accessories: 12-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples for each type of accessory.
4. Snow Guards: Full-size Sample.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

F. Roll-Forming Equipment Certificate: Issued by UL for manufacturer's portable roll-forming


equipment designed for producing sheet metal roofing. Show expiration date no earlier than
two months after scheduled end of sheet metal roofing.

G. Qualification Data: For fabricator.

H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified


testing agency, for sheet metal roofing portable roll-forming equipment. Include reports for
structural performance.

I. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of sheet metal roofing.

B. Custom-Fabricated Sheet Metal Roofing Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled
workers who custom-fabricate sheet metal roofing similar to that required for this Project and
whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Roll-Formed Sheet Metal Roofing Fabricator Qualifications: An authorized representative of


roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacturer for fabrication and installation of units required for
this Project.

D. Sheet Metal Roofing Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

E. Copper Roofing Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to
dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

F. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.

1. Build mockup of typical roof eave , including fascia, and soffit as shown on Drawings;
approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) square by full thickness, including
attachments, underlayment, and accessories.
2. Approval of mockups is for other material and construction qualities specifically approved
by Architect in writing.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by
Architect in writing.
4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.

G. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof purlin and rafter construction, conduct
conference at Project site. Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to roof purlin and rafter construction and sheet metal roofing including, but not limited to,
the following:

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's Representative, sheet metal roofing Installer,
manufacturer's representative for sheet metal roofing portable roll-forming equipment,
purlin and rafter Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal
roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof penetrations specifics.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal roofing installation, including
portable roll-forming equipment manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Examine existing roof sheathing and rafter conditions for receiving new overbuilding
roofing system.
4. Review structural loading limitations of existing rafters during overbuilding of new roofing
system.
5. Review flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, and condition of
other construction that will affect sheet metal roofing.
6. Review roof observation and repair procedures after sheet metal roofing installation.

H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements in


Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to sheet metal roofing including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's Representative, sheet metal roofing Installer,
manufacturer's representative for sheet metal roofing portable roll-forming equipment,
roof sheathing Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects sheet metal
roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal roofing installation, including
portable roll-forming equipment manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Examine new roof sheathing, and rafter conditions for installation of new sheet metal
roofing.
4. Review structural loading limitations of new roof sheathing and rafters during and after
roofing.
5. Review temporary protection requirements for sheet metal roofing during and after
installation.
6. Review roof observation and repair procedures after sheet metal roofing installation.
7. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish
copy of record to each participant.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver sheet metal roofing pans, components, and other sheet metal roofing materials so as
not to be damaged or deformed. Package sheet metal roofing materials for protection during
transportation and handling.

B. Unload, store, and erect sheet metal roofing materials in a manner to prevent bending, warping,
twisting, and surface damage.

C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated
covering. Store metal coils to ensure dryness. Do not store metal coils in contact with other
materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

1. Store aluminum and copper away from uncured concrete and masonry.

D. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal roofing from exposure to sunlight and high
humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal roofing installation.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal roofing with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of
parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive
installation.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to


repair finish or replace sheet metal roofing that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-
applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 30 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Installer's Warranty: Roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this
Section, signed by Roofing Installer, in which Roofing Installer agrees to repair or replace
components of custom-fabricated sheet metal roofing that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures.
b. Loose parts.
c. Wrinkling or buckling.
d. Failure to remain weathertight, including uncontrolled water leakage.
e. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering, including nonuniformity of color or finish.
f. Galvanic action between sheet metal roofing and dissimilar materials.

2. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
product selection:

1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be


incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specified.

A. Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 625/A 625M; single-reduced, black-steel sheet,
coated on both sides with a zinc-tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent tin), with factory-applied
shop coat.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

a. Follansbee Steel; Terne II.


b. Or approved equal.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Thickness: 0.014-inch (0.36-mm)] uncoated thickness, with 0.787-mil (0.020-mm)


coating thickness applied to each side.

3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Manufacturer's standard two-coat fluoropolymer complying


with performance requirements in AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less
than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating
to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written
instructions.

a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

1) Follansbee Steel; KlassicKolors.


2) Or approved equal>.

b. Color: “Stainless” from KlassicKolors by Follansbee Steel or approved equal.

1) Coating Test: Confirm coating weight and composition by the triple-spot test
according to ASTM A 309.
2) In lieu of spot tests to determine coating weight, manufacturer may submit
nondestructive radiographic test results and certification showing that zinc-
tin alloy-coating weight of sheets furnished for Project complies with
requirements.

2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.

1. Available Products:

a. ALCO-NVC Inc.; ALCO Shield.


b. Atlas Roofing Corporation; StormMaster DG.
c. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Div. of Carlisle Companies Inc.; Dri-Start "G."
d. CertainTeed Corporation; WinterGuard.
e. GAF Materials Corporation; Weather Watch.
f. Henry Company; Eaveguard.
g. Johns Manville International, Inc.; Roof Defender.

A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 40 mils (1.0 mm) thick, consisting of slip-
resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt
adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by
underlayment manufacturer.

1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C).
2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29
deg C).

B. Slip Sheet: Building paper, minimum 5 lb/100 sq. ft. (0.24 kg/sq. m), rosin sized.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system
and as recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roofing.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners
designed to withstand design loads.

1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal roofing by factory-applied


coating.
2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws with hex washer
head.
3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.

C. Solder for Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel and Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, 100 percent tin.

D. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape
with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.

E. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, of base polymer, type, grade, class, and use
classifications required to produce joints in sheet metal roofing that will remain weathertight and
as recommended by roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacturer for installation indicated.

F. Expansion-Joint Sealant: For hooked-type expansion joints, which must be free to move,
provide nonsetting, nonhardening, nonmigrating, heavy-bodied polyisobutylene sealant.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Sheet Metal Roofing Accessories: Provide components required for a complete sheet metal
roofing assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings,
sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of sheet
metal roofing, unless otherwise indicated.

1. All ridge and hip joints shall be crimped.


2. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to
withstand negative-load requirements.
3. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from the following material:
a. Metallic-Coated Steel Roofing: 0.0250-inch- (0.65-mm-) thick, stainless-steel
sheet or manufacturer’s product.

4. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from
material recommended by manufacturer.
5. Closures: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or
closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure
strips; cut or premolded to match sheet metal roofing profile. Provide closure strips
where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.0179-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel
sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing
and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations
include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae,
and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent sheet metal roofing.

C. Gutters: Manufactured in uniform section lengths not exceeding 12 feet (3.6 m), with matching
corner units, ends, outlet tubes, and other accessories. Elevate back edge at least 1 inch (25
mm) above front edge. Furnish flat-stock gutter straps, gutter brackets, expansion joints, and
expansion-joint covers fabricated from same metal as gutters.

1. Fabricate from the following exposed metal:

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. Formed from Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M,


Type 304, dead-soft, fully annealed stainless-steel sheet, coated on both sides
with a zinc-tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent tin).
b. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "TCS II" by Follansbee
Steel.
c. Thickness and Weight: 0.018-inch- (0.5-mm-) thick sheet weighing approximately
0.77 lb/sq. ft. (3.76 kg/sq. m) including coating, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Gutter Profile: Half-round single bead according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual."
3. Corners: Factory mitered and soldered.
4. Gutter Supports: Straps with finish matching the gutters.
5. Gutter Accessories: Wire ball downspout strainer.
6. Gutters to be painted in field to match metal roof and downspout color.

D. Downspouts: Plain round complete with machine-crimped elbows, manufactured from the
following exposed metal. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and
anchors.

1. Fabricate from the following exposed metal:


a. Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 625/A 625M; single-reduced, black-
steel sheet, coated on both sides with a zinc-tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent
tin), with factory-applied shop coat.
b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide “Terne II” by
Follansbee Steel or approved equal.
c. Thickness: 0.014-inch (0.36-mm)] uncoated thickness, with 0.787-mil (0.020-mm)
coating thickness applied to each side.

2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Manufacturer's standard two-coat fluoropolymer complying


with performance requirements in AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less
than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating
to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written
instructions.

a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

1) Follansbee Steel; KlassicKolors.


2) Or approved equal>.

b. Color: “Stainless” from KlassicKolors by Follansbee Steel or approved equal.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal roofing to comply with details shown and
recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design,
dimensions (pan width and seam height), geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics
of installation indicated. Fabricate sheet metal roofing and accessories at the shop to greatest
extent possible.

1. Standing-Seam Roofing: Form standing-seam pans with finished seam height of 1 inch
(25 mm).

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 8


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Fabricate sheet metal roofing to allow for expansion in running work sufficient to prevent
leakage, damage, and deterioration of the Work. Form exposed sheet metal work to fit
substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels
indicated, and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

1. Lay out sheet metal roofing so cross seams, when required, are made in direction of flow
with higher pans overlapping lower pans. Stagger cross seams.
2. Fold and cleat eaves and transverse seams in the shop.
3. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments,
integral flashings, and other components of metal roofing to profiles, patterns, and
drainage arrangements shown and as required for leakproof construction.

C. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are indicated or required to produce
weathertight seams, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in
compliance with SMACNA standards.

D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other, protect against galvanic
action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt
underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturers of dissimilar metals or by fabricator.

E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Custom fabricate flashings and trim to comply with recommendations
in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and
other characteristics of item indicated. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop
fabrication.

1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling,
and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded
back to form hems.
2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-
lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not
allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.
5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being
anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for


application but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are


acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 9


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, sheet metal roofing supports, and other conditions
affecting performance of work.
1. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or
blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances.
2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely
anchored, and that provision has been made for flashings, and penetrations through
sheet metal roofing.

B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating sheet metal roofing to verify
actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of sheet metal roofing before sheet
metal roofing installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

3.3 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment and building-paper slip sheet on roof sheathing
under sheet metal roofing. Use adhesive for temporary anchorage, where possible, to minimize
use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal roofing. Apply at locations indicated below, in
shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm).

1. Apply from eave to ridge.


2. Apply on roof not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment. Lap edges of self-
adhering sheet underlayment not less than 3 inches (75 mm), in shingle fashion to shed
water.

B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on


roof sheathing under sheet metal roofing. Apply primer if required by underlayment
manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for
installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply
at locations indicated below, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6
inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less
than 3-1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

1. Roof perimeter for a distance up from eaves of 24 inches (600 mm) beyond interior wall
line.
2. Valleys, from lowest point to highest point, for a distance on each side of 18 inches (460
mm). Overlap ends of sheets not less than 6 inches (150 mm).
3. Rake edges for a distance of 18 inches (460 mm).
4. Hips and ridges for a distance on each side of 12 inches (300 mm).
5. Roof to wall intersections for a distance from wall of 18 inches (460 mm).

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 10


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

6. Around dormers, chimneys, skylights, and other penetrating elements for a distance from
element of 18 inches (460 mm).

C. Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Division 7


Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

D. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing sheet metal roofing.

3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Install sheet metal roofing perpendicular to purlins or supports. Anchor sheet metal
roofing and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and
structural movement. Install fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators,
sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system and as
recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roofing.

1. Field cutting of sheet metal roofing by torch is not permitted.


2. Rigidly fasten eave end of sheet metal roofing and allow ridge end free movement due to
thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill roofing.
3. Field fabricate double locked crimped joints at all ridge and hip locations.
4. Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at
perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.
5. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.
6. Locate roofing splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger roofing
splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.
7. Lap metal flashing over sheet metal roofing to allow moisture to run over and off the
material.

B. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will not penetrate completely through substrate.

1. Steel Roofing: Use stainless-steel fasteners.


2. Stainless-Steel Roofing: Use stainless-steel fasteners.

C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying
rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as
recommended by fabricator of sheet metal roofing or manufacturers of dissimilar metals.

1. Coat back side of uncoated aluminum, stainless-steel and lead sheet metal roofing with
bituminous coating where roofing will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious
construction.

D. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to
minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight
installation.

E. Fascia: Align bottom of sheet metal roofing and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping
screws. Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits,
along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 11


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.5 CUSTOM-FABRICATED SHEET METAL ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Fabricate and install work with lines and corners of exposed units true and accurate. Form
exposed faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks, considering
temper and reflectivity of metal. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder,
welds, and sealant. Fold back sheet metal to form a hem on concealed side of exposed edges,
unless otherwise indicated.

1. Install cleats to hold sheet metal panels in position. Attach each cleat with two fasteners
to prevent rotation.
2. Nail cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) on center. Bend tabs over nails.

B. Seal joints as shown and as required for leakproof construction. Provide low-slope transverse
seams using cleats where backup of moisture may occur.

1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less
than 1 inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When
ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F (4 and
21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting
proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type
joints at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C).
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."

C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges
of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface
would show in finished Work.

1. Do not solder metallic-coated steel and aluminum sheet.


2. Pretinning is not required for lead-coated copper zinc-tin alloy-coated stainless steel and
lead.
3. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into
joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.

D. Provide expansion cleats in roof panels that exceed 30 feet (9.1 m) in length.

E. Standing-Seam Roofing: Attach standing-seam metal pans to substrate with cleats, double-
nailed at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. Install pans reaching from eave to ridge before moving
to adjacent pans. Lock each pan to pan below with transverse seam. Before pans are locked,
apply continuous bead of sealant to top flange of lower pan. Crimp standing seams by folding
over twice so cleat and pan edges are completely engaged.

1. Loose-lock pans at eave edges to continuous cleats and flanges on back edges of
gutters.
2. Leave seams upright after crimping at ridges and hips.

3.6 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and
provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

1. Install components required for a complete sheet metal roofing assembly including trim,
copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips,
and similar items.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 12


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners
where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints,
and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to
form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in
waterproof and weather-resistant performance.
2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24
inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion
provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof,
form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep,
filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

3.7 ROOF-EDGE DRAINAGE-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install components to produce a complete roof-edge drainage system according to


manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with
installation of roof-edge drainage system.

B. Gutters: Join and seal gutter lengths. Allow for thermal expansion. Attach gutters to firmly
anchored gutter supports spaced not more than 18 inch apart. Attach ends with rivets and
solder to make watertight. Slope to downspouts.

1. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet
(15.2 m) apart. Install expansion joint caps.
2. Install continuous leaf guards on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, for cleaning gutters.

C. Downspouts: Join sections with manufacturer's standard telescoping joints. Provide hangers
with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls and 1 inch (25 mm) away from
walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) on center.
1. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.

D. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and sheet metal roofing. Fasten and seal
to sheet metal roofing as recommended by manufacturer.

3.8 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal roofing within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch
in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch (3-mm)
offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 13


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as sheet metal roofing is
installed. On completion of sheet metal roofing installation, clean finished surfaces, including
removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a
clean condition during construction.

D. Replace panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by
finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

3.10 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY

A. WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has
performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project:

1. Owner:
2. Address:
3. Building Name/Type:
4. Address:
5. Area of Work:
6. Acceptance Date:
7. Warranty Period:
8. Expiration Date:

B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a
subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and
workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein
set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be
made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and
defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.

D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the
building, and to building contents, caused by:

a. lightning;
b. peak gust wind speed exceeding 90 mph;
c. fire;
d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive
deflection, deterioration, and decomposition;
e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment
supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work;
f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and
g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance
personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by
Owner.

2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and
void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense
thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.
3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not
liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or
faults or defects of work.

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 14


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing
Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations,
attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become
null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work
covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations,
Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said
work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said
alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a
limitation or termination of this Warranty.
5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but
was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded
basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall
become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects
work covered by this Warranty.
6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks,
defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to
inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.
7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and
shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully
available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not
operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work
according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract
was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor.

E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this day of …… .

1. Authorized Signature:
2. Name:
3. Title:

END OF SECTION 07610

SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 15


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim:

1. Manufactured through-wall flashing.


2. Formed wall flashing and trim.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applied sheet metal flashing and trim
sealants.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement,
thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and
fastener disengagement.

B. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements
resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by
preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of
joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist
rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base
engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

C. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to
building interior.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material
descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations.
Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the following:

1. Identify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and
dimensions.
3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim,
including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are
indicated.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal
flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling.

B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent
bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.

C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated
covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials
that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining
construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the


manufacturers specified.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for forming
and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows:

1. High-Performance Organic Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with


inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion
coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to
exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written
instructions.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

a. Fluoropolymer 2-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat, thermocured


system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color
topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight;
complying with AAMA 2604.

1) Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal
flashing and trim installation.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and
bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.

1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or
factory-applied coating.
2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with
hex washer head.
3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
4. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal
gutter width.

C. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade,
class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain
watertight.

D. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound,


recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and
other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field
measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.

B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with
performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks
and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams
and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength.

D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal
flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

2.5 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes,
and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat-
stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size
recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion
joints, expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same
metal as gutters.

1. Gutter Style: ogee.


2. Expansion Joints: Lap type.
3. Gutters with Girth up to 15 Inches: Fabricate from the following material:

a. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.

B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with
metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.

1. Manufactured Hanger Style: strap or bracket.


2. Fabricate downspouts from the following material:

a. Aluminum: 0.024 inch thick.

2.6 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to
extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- high end dams.
Fabricate from the following material:

1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick.

2.7 FINISHES

A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are


acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations,
dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work.

1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely
anchored.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in
place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding
rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to
complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals.

1. Coat side of uncoated aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating
where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood
substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a
course of polyethylene underlayment.

C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks.

D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat
seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant.

E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.
Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend
tabs over fasteners.

F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or
intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not
be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1
inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.

G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1-1/4 inches for
nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.

1. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless-steel fasteners.

H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction.

1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less
than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint


members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for
installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at
temperatures below 40 deg F.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint
Sealants."

I. Aluminum Flashing: Rivet or weld joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.

3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof
perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system.

B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with
elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly
anchored gutter brackets or straps spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end closures
and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.

1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter.


2. Loosely lock straps to front gutter bead and anchor to roof deck.
3. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat.
4. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24
inches apart.
5. Anchor gutter with spikes and ferrules spaced not more than 24 inches apart.
6. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations not exceeding 50 feet apart. Install
expansion joint caps.
7. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, removable for
cleaning gutters.

C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to
hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at
approximately 60 inches on center in between.

1. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building.

D. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor head rim 1 inch below
gutter discharge.

E. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration


indicated. Lap joints a minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow.

3.4 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall
flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

B. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar
flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings.

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim
are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused
fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition
during construction.

D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated
beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 07620

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 7


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary


Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations:

1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces as indicated


below:

a. Perimeter joints between dissimilar materials and any penetration through


exterior walls, curbs, or footings.
b. Joints between different materials.
c. Other joints as indicated.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

1. Division 7 Section “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for sealing joints related to
flashing and sheet metal for roofing.

1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to
maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of
joint substrates.

B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that have been produced and installed to
establish and maintain airtight continuous seals that are water resistant and cause no
staining or deterioration of joint substrates.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.

B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required.

C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples,
consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product
exposed to view.

D. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealant required. Install
joint sealant samples in 1/2-inch wide joints formed between two 6-inch long strips of
material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with
specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.

F. Qualification data complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" article.


Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects and
Owners, plus other information specified.

G. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from elastomeric sealant manufacturer indicating
that materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation
of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed to obtain adhesion.

H. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with
requirements specified.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed joint sealant
applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from
a single manufacturer for each different product required.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot
life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.

B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent


their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or
other causes.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the
following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits
permitted by joint sealant manufacturer.
2. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits
permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F.
3. When joint substrates are wet.

B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths
are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.

C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint filers, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.

B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following:

1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard


colors for products of type indicated.

2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS

A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing


elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated on
each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet at end of this Section, including those
requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses.

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, elastomeric sealants that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in each
Elastomeric Sealant Data Sheet.

2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable


latex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on
interior and protected exterior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage
change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or
cohesively.

B. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommodates
joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of
10 percent.

C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants that may
be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant:

a. "AC-20," Pecora Corp.


b. "Sonolac," Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.
c. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834," Tremco, Inc.

2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING

A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint filers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory
testing.

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing,


nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape,
and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant
performance:

1. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas,


nonoutgassing in unruptured state.

C. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with
ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at
temperatures down to -26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size
and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to
optimum sealant performance.

D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant


manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or
joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide
self-adhesive tape where applicable.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion
of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant-
substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of


sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of
staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and
formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements:

1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion
of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings
tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant
manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water,

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

surface dirt, and frost.


2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint
substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a
combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of
developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining
from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free
compressed air.
3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.
4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other
nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm
substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint
sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations.
Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto
adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable
to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of
joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following
requirements:

1. Install joint filers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application
and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of
installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement
capability.

a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint filers.


b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint filers.
c. Remove absorbent joint filers that have become wet prior to sealant
application and replace with dry material.

2. Install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used
between sealants and joint filers or back of joints.

D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly
contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each
joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint
widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time
sealant backings are installed.

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 5


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to
eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that
discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.

1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless


otherwise indicated.

a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints.

2. Provide recessed joint configuration, per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193, of recess


depth and at locations indicated.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
products in which joints occur.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that
they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such
protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated
joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable
from original work.

PRODUCT DATA SHEET 1 - ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT

A. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES-1.

B. Base Polymer: Urethane.

C. Type: single component.

D. Grade: NS (nonsag).

E. Class: 25.

F. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).

G. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

1. Use O Joint Substrates: Aluminum coated with a high-performance coating.

H. Available Products: Dymonic as manufactured by Tremco, U-7130 by Protective


Treatments, Inc. or approved equal.

END OF SECTION 07920

JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 6


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Solid core doors with paint grade faces.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.

B. Product data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for
openings and louvers, and factory-finishing specifications.

C. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door,
details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements
for veneer matching and factory finishing and other pertinent data.

1. For factory-machined doors, indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for


locksets and other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard:

1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the


Architectural Woodwork Institute for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and
other requirements.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and
deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's
instructions.

1. Comply with WIC Technical Bulletin 420-R for delivery, storage, and handling of

FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

doors.

B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers as designated on shop drawings, using
temporary, removable, or concealed markings.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete,
and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at
occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive
the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract
Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by
the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard


form signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace
defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch
section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch
in a 3-inch span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards.

1. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after date of
Substantial Completion.

a. Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering


doors that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Solid Core Doors:

a. Algoma Hardwoods Inc.


b. Ampco Products, Inc.
c. Buell Door Co.
d. Chappell Door Co.
e. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc.
f. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division.
g. Fenestra Corporation.
h. Graham Manufacturing Corp.
i. Haley Brothers, Inc.
j. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

k. IPIK Door Co., Inc.


l. Marlite.
m. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
n. Poncraft Door Co.
o. Ragland Manufacturing Co., Inc.
p. V-T Industries Inc.
q. Weyerhauser Co.

2.2 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS

A. Solid Core Doors for Stain and Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Faces: White birch, rotary sliced.


2. Grade: Premium.
3. Construction: 7 plies.
4. Core: Glued-block core.
5. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before
veneering.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements:

1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting.

2.4 SHOP PRIMING

A. Transparent Finish: Shop-seal faces and edges of doors for transparent


finish with stain (if required), other required pretreatments, and first coat of
finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."

B. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint
finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section
"Painting."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door:

1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and
swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads.
2. Reject doors with defects.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 3


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."

B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions


and referenced quality standard and as indicated.

C. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with


uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of
limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware.
Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.

1. Fitting Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads,
1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/8 inch from bottom of
door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or
scheduled, provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold.
2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges.
3. Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to
extent permitted by labeling agency.

D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.

E. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements:

1. Division 9 Section "Painting."

3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION

A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.

B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation.

C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be
without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 08211

FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 4


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes overhead coiling metal doors.

B. Types of overhead coiling doors include the following:

1. Coiling Counter Doors

C. Operation of overhead coiling doors include the following:

1. Manual operation.

D. Provide complete operating door assemblies including door curtains, guides, counterbalance
mechanism, hardware, operators, and installation accessories.

E. Field painting is specified in Division 9.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
Sections.

B. Product data, roughing-in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of overhead
coiling door.

1. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information.

C. Shop drawings for special components and installations that are not dimensioned or detailed in
manufacturer's data sheets.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Furnish each overhead coiling door as a complete unit produced by
one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components.

1. Furnish overhead coiling door units by one manufacturer for entire Project.

B. Insert and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built
into masonry to install units. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions to
install anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay.

OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 - 1


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

C. Wind Loading: Design and reinforce overhead coiling doors to withstand a 20-psf (950 Pa) (85-mph
(135 km/hr)) wind-loading pressure.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products


that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Apton Rolling Doors, A Gichner Systems Group, Inc.


2. Atlas Roll-Lite Overhead Doors/Div. of MASCO.
3. Ceco/Windsor Door--Div. of the Ceco Corp.
4. The Cookson Co.
5. Cornell Iron Works Inc.
6. Dynamic Closures Corp.
7. Mahon Door Corp.
8. Overhead Door Corp.
9. Pacific Rolling Door Co.
10. Raynor Garage Door.
11. Southwestern Steel Rolling Door Co.
12. Wayne-Dalton Corp.
13. J. G. Wilson Corp.

2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

A. Door Curtain: Fabricate overhead coiling door curtain of interlocking slats, designed to withstand
required wind loading, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise
indicated, provide slats of material gage recommended by door manufacturer for size and type of
door required, and as follows:

1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Structural quality, cold-rolled galvanized steel sheets complying with
ASTM A 446, Grade A, with G90 (ASTM A 446M, Grade A, with Z275) zinc coating, complying with
ASTM A 525 (ASTM A 525M).

a. Furnish manufacturer's standard "flat-face" slats.

B. Endlocks: Malleable iron castings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats with
galvanized rivets. Provide locks on alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and resistance
against lateral movement.

C. Windlocks: Malleable iron castings secured to curtain slats with galvanized rivets. Unless otherwise
recommended by door manufacturer, provide windlocks on doors exceeding 16 feet (4.8 m) wide.
Space windlocks approximately 24 inches (600 mm) o.c. on both edges of curtain.

D. Bottom Bar: Consisting of two angles, each not less than 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/8 inch (38 x 38 x 3 mm)
thick, either galvanized steel.

1. Provide a replaceable gasket of flexible vinyl or neoprene between angles as a weather seal and
cushion bumper for manually operated doors, unless shown as an overlapping joint.

OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 - 2


Town of Purcellville Purcellville, VA
Roller Rink Alterations IFB# PSR 09-02

E. Curtain Jamb Guides: Fabricate curtain jamb guides of steel angles, or channels and angles with
sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain